greenland post office rehabilitation exterior...

170
This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund grant award from the Colorado Historical Society Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior Rehabilitation SHF Project #2014-M1-017 Deliverable #08 100% Design Development Construction Documents Project Manual June 8, 2015

Upload: others

Post on 05-Aug-2020

1 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior Rehabilitation

SHF Project #2014-M1-017

Deliverable #08

100% Design Development Construction Documents

Project Manual

June 8, 2015

Page 2: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SPECIFICATIONS - TABLE OF CONTENTS BIDDING AND CONTRACT FORMS – DATED APRIL 6, 2015 DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 00 01 01 Project Title Page 00 01 02 Table of Contents 00 01 05 List of Drawings 00 11 16 Invitation To Bid 00 11 53 Request For Qualifications 00 21 13 Instruction To Bidders 00 41 13 Bid Form – Stipulated Sum 00 43 13 Bid Security Forms (AIA 312-2010 – Performance Bond, or acceptable format - (Listed but not included) 00 60 00 Project Forms

a. AIA A101-2007 – Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis is a Stimulated Sum (Listed but not included)

b. AIA A201-2007 - General Conditions of the Contract for Construction - (Listed but not in-cluded)

c. AIA G701-2001 – Change Order - (Listed but not included) - (Listed but not included) d. AIA G702-1992, G703-1992 - Application and Certificate for Payment - (Listed but not in-

cluded) e. AIA G704—2000 – Certificate of Substantial Completion - (Listed but not included) f. AIA G706A-1994 – Contractor’s Affidavit of Release of Liens - (Listed but not included) g. AIA G707-1994 – Consent of Surety to Final Payment - (Listed but not included)

DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 10 00 SUMMARY 01 20 00 PRICE AN PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 29 00 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 32 00 PROJECT MEETINGS 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 34 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HSITORIC TREATMENT 01 40 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENT 01 70 00 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 41 19 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILIATATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

TABLE OF CONTENTS 000102 - 1

Page 3: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE DIVISION 04 - MASONRY 04 20 00 UNIT MASONRY DIVISION 05 - METALS NOT USED DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES 06 10 00 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 16 00 SHEATHING 06 25 00 WOOD REPAIRS 06 46 00 WOOD TRIM DIVISION 07 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 11 13 BITUMINUOUS DAMPROOFING 07 31 13 ASPHALT SHINGLES 07 31 14 ASPHALT SHINGLE SIDING 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS 08 14 33 STYLE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS 08 53 00 WOOD WINDOW AND DOOR RESTORATION 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE DIVISION 09 - FINISHES 09 24 00 PLASTERING 09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD 09 30 13 CERAMIC TILING 09 64 00 WOOD FLOOR REPAIRS AND FINISHING 09 91 00 EXTERIOR PAINTING DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10 28 00 TOILET ACCESSORIES 12 35 30 RESIDENTIAL CASEWORK 12 36 61 SOLID SURFACING COUNTERTOPS DIVISION 11- EQUIPMENT

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILIATATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

TABLE OF CONTENTS 000102 - 2

Page 4: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

11 31 00 RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS 12 35 30 RESIDENTIAL CASEWORK 12 36 61 SOLID SURFACING COUNTERTOPS DIVISION 13 THROUGH 25, 27 THROUGH 30 NOT USED NOT USED DIVISION 26 26 01 00 Electrical General Provisions 26 05 33 Raceways for Electrical Systems 26 05 19 Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 34 Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 53 Identification for Electrical Systems 26 24 16 Panelboards 26 27 26 Wiring Devices and Plates 26 51 00 Lighting Fixtures DIVISION 27 THROUGH 30 NOT USED DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK 31 20 00 Earthwork DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 13 13 Concrete Paving 32 92 00 Native Grasses

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILIATATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

TABLE OF CONTENTS 000102 - 3

Page 5: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

LIST OF DRAWINGS A1.0 DEMOLITION PLAN, FLOOR PLAN A1.1 SCHEDULES, INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A2.0 BUILDING ELEVATIONS S1.0 FOUNDATION PLAN, DETAILS E1.0 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN, POWER PLAN E2.0 ELECTRICAL LEGEND, ONE LINE DIAGRAM, SCHEDULES

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILIATATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

LIST OF DRAWINGS 000105 - 1

Page 6: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 001116– INVITATION TO BID April 6, 2015 Re: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Greenland, Colorado SHF Project #2014-M1-017 Greetings: Based on your Statement of Qualifications, you have been selected to participate in the interview and bid-ding process for the above referenced project. The schedule for the selection process is as follows:

TBD 1:00 pm - General Contractor walk through

TBD General Contractor Oral Interviews Award will be made to the single responsive, responsible General Contractor who submits the technically acceptable proposal which provides the best value to Douglas County Commissioners. The oral presenta-tion format shall cover the following criteria: 1. Demonstrated experience with projects funded by the Colorado Historical Society/State Historical

Fund and complying with the Secretary of the Interior’s Standard’s for the Treatment of Historic Properties relative to restoration projects of this scope and magnitude.

2. Project Team Organization 3. Project Understanding and Approach - Demonstrate how you will approach the successful completion

of restoration and the historic preservation of this building through projects involving similar work and specialized/ traditional crafts, including but not limited to:

A. Roof and Wall Framing Stabilization i. Sister on New Roof Joists.

ii. Epoxy Consolidation and Dutchmen Repair of Roof Joists iii. Sister on New Studs at Walls.

B. Roof Replacement

i. Remove Existing Roofing Material ii. Inspect Existing Sheathing Repair and Replace Where Damaged.

iii. Install new CDX Sheathing on Roof over Existing Historic Sheathing. iv. Install Ice and Water Shield over Entire Roof v. Install new Green Composition Shingles on Roof.

vi. Install Drip Edge Flashing and Flashing at All Penetrations. vii. Reconstruct Two Chimneys.

C. Concrete Stabilization and Replacement

i. Reconstruct North and South Foundation Walls with New Concrete Footing ii. Construct New Concrete Block Piers and Pads for Mid-span Supports

iii. Regrade Soils to Create Positive Drainage GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILIATATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS

SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017 This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

INVITATION TO BID 00001- 1

Page 7: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

1. Project Schedule including an understanding of the SHF Grant Schedule. 2. A sealed priced proposal. EVALUATION FACTORS FOR AWARD The Douglas County Commissioners reserve the right to conduct negotiations with the General Contrac-tors and to accept revisions of proposals. During this negotiation period, the Douglas County Commis-sioners will not disclose any information derived from proposals submitted, or from discussions with oth-er General Contractors. This project is partially funded by the Colorado Historical Society/State Historical Fund grant, and as such, you are encouraged to focus your Presentation and Priced Technical Proposal on accomplishing the Scope of Work within the guidelines defined by the Secretary of the Interior’s Standards. Therefore, please present your staffing plan, risk management plan, technical methodology, expertise, traditional craftsmanship, scheduling, and safety resources that you believe will best support and serve this preserva-tion priority. In the meantime, if you require additional solicitation and project organizational information, please con-tact Judy Hammer, Douglas County Community Planning at (303) 814-4357 or [email protected]. For technical inquiries and interpretations regarding the intent of the Drawings and Specifications, please contact Barbara Darden, at Scheuber + Darden Architects LLC, at (303) 915-8415 or [email protected]. Sincerely, Judy Hammer - Douglas County Community Planning cc: Barbara Darden – Scheuber + Darden Architects LLC END OF INVITATION TO BID

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILIATATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

INVITATION TO BID 00001- 2

Page 8: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 00002 – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PART I - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Condi-

tions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 GENERAL These instructions apply to the preparation of Priced Technical Offers and Price Bids for the Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Greenland, Colorado, SHF Project #2014-M1-017.

1.3 BIDDERS UNDERSTANDING

A. Each Bidder must inform himself of the conditions relating to the execution of the work, and it is

assumed that he will inspect the site and make himself thoroughly familiar with all the contract documents. Failure to do so will not relieve the successful Bidder of his obligation to enter into a contract and complete the contemplated work in strict accordance with the contract documents. It shall be the Bidder’s obligation to verify for himself and to his complete satisfaction all infor-mation concerning site access, constraints and existing conditions.

B. Information derived from inspection of drawings and photographs, showing existing details and conditions, will not in any way relieve the Contractor from any risk, or from properly examining the site and making such additional investigations as he may elect, or from properly fulfilling all the terms of the contract documents.

C. Each Bidder shall inform himself of, and the Bidder awarded a contract shall comply with, feder-al state, and local laws, and ordinances relative to the execution of the work. This requirement includes, but is not limited to, applicable regulations concerning minimum wage rates, unem-ployment compensation, nondiscrimination in the employment of labor, protection of public and employee safety and health, permits, fees, business licenses, and similar subjects.

D. The Bidder and all his subcontractors shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, sex, or national origin. The Bidder shall take af-firmative action to assure that applicants are employed and that employees are treated equally during employment without regard to their race, religion, color, sex, or national origin. Such ac-tion shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training including apprenticeship.

1.4 ILLEGAL ALIENS – PUBLIC CONTRACTS FOR SERVICES. CRS 8-17.5-101 and 24-76.5-

101

A. The Contractor certifies that the Contractor shall comply with the provisions of CRS 8-17.5-101 et seq. The Contractor shall not knowingly employ or contract with an illegal alien to perform work under this contract or enter into a contract with a subcontractor that fails to certify to the

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILIATATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00002- 1

Page 9: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

Contractor that the subcontractor shall not knowingly employ or contract with an illegal alien to perform work under this contract. The Contractor represents, warrants, and agrees that it (i) has verified that it does not employ any illegal aliens, through participation in the Basic Pilot Em-ployment Verification Program administered by the Social Security Administration and Depart-ment of Homeland Security, and (ii) otherwise will comply with the requirements of CRS 8-17.5-102 (2)(b). The Contractor shall comply with all reasonable requests made in the course of an in-vestigation under CRS 8-17.5-102 by the Colorado Department of Labor and Employment. If the Contractor fails to comply with any requirement of this provision or CRS 8-17.5-101 et seq., the State may terminate this contract for breach and the Contractor shall be liable for actual and con-sequential damages to the State.

B. A Contractor that operates as a sole proprietor hereby swears or affirms under penalty of perjury

that the Contractor (i) is a citizen of the United States or otherwise lawfully present in the United States pursuant to federal law, (ii) shall comply with the provisions of CRS 24-76.5-101 et seq, and (iii) shall produce one of the forms of identification required by CRS 24-76.5-103 prior to the effective date of this Contract. Except where exempted by federal law and except as provided in CRS 24-76.5-103(3), a Contractor that receives federal or state funds under this contract must confirm that any individual natural person eighteen years of age or older is lawfully present in the United States pursuant to CRS 24-76.5-103(4) if such individual applies for public benefits pro-vided under this contract.

1.5 SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS

A. Electronic bid sets (individual copies of the specifications and documents, and individual sets of sheets of the drawings will not be available), may be obtained from Barbara Darden, Scheuber + Darden Architects LLC, 303 915-8415 or [email protected].

1.6 PROPOSALS

A. Priced Technical Offers and Price Bids, which are not prepared and submitted in accordance with these instructions, will imply that the Bidder does not intend to comply with all of the contract conditions and such proposals will be considered irregular. If the prospective Bidder declines to tender and offer, he is requested to return all bidding documents and give written notice to Owner not later than the date offers are due. 1. Basis of Proposal: Price Bids are to be submitted on a Stipulated Sum (SS) bid basis using

the Price Bid Form provided. Payment to the successful Contractor will be made on the eval-uation of the work actually performed by the Contractor as specified in the contract docu-ments. The Douglas County Commissioners reserve the right to increase or diminish the amount of any class of work as may be deemed necessary.

a. Preparation: Each offer shall be carefully prepared including using the proposal and

data forms bound herewith.

b. Signatures: Each Bidder shall sign the offer with an authorized signature and shall give his full business address.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILIATATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00002- 2

Page 10: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

i. Offers by partnerships shall be signed with the partnership name followed by the signature and designation of one of the partners or other authorized repre-sentative. A complete list of partners shall be included with the offer.

ii. Offers by a corporation shall be signed in the official corporate name of the corporation, followed by the signature and designation of the president, sec-retary, or other person authorized to bind the corporation. The names of all persons signing should also be typed or printed below the signature.

iii. An offer by a person who affixes to his signature the word “president”, “sec-retary”, “agent”, or other designation without disclosing his principal will be rejected. Satisfactory evidence of the authority of the officer signing on be-half of the corporation shall be furnished. Bidding corporations shall desig-nate the state in which they are incorporated and the address of their principal office and the name and address of their agent for service of process, all con-sistent with the previously submitted affidavit(s).

iv. The Bidder’s name stated on the proposal shall be the exact legal name of the firm.

c. Submittal: Priced Technical Offers and Price Bids shall be submitted in separate sealed envelopes addressed to the Douglas County Commissioners and each envelope endorsed on the outside of the envelope with the Bidder’s name and the name of the proposed work

i. A single proprietary interest shall not submit multiple proposals for the same work even though the individual offers are submitted under different names. The Douglas County Commissioners reserves the right to reject all offers so submitted.

d. Withdrawal: Offers may be withdrawn, altered, and resubmitted at any time before the time set for opening the offers. Submitted offers may not be withdrawn within thirty (30) days thereafter, and the proposal of the number two ranked responsible Bidder may not be withdrawn for a period of sixty (60) days, thereafter, or until exe-cution of a contract with the number one ranked responsible Bidder, whichever oc-curs earliest.

2. BID SECURITY: No bid security will be required for this proposal. However, a Perfor-

mance and Payment Bond will be required as set forth in these instructions, Item 1.6.A.6. 3. TAXES, PERMITS, AND BUSINESS LICENSES: Each Bidder shall be responsible for de-

termining the applicable taxes, permits, and licenses. 4. TIME OF COMPLETION: The time of completion and scheduled sequence of the work is a

very important consideration of the contract. Therefore, the completion/schedule proposal shall be based upon substantial completion of all work within the grant deadlines. In general, the project must be substantially complete and accepted by the Scheuber + Darden Architects LLC, Douglas County Commissioners, and CHS/SHF no later than TBD. It will be necessary that the Bidder clearly demonstrate in his offer, to the satisfaction of Owner’s Name, his abil-ity to complete the work within this time frame.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILIATATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00002- 3

Page 11: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

a. The Contractor shall dedicate all necessary labor, materials, and equipment for a con-tinuing and weather protected operation to assure completion of the project within the time specified. Any deviation from this condition shall require approval by Owner’s Name in writing.

5. INTERPRETATION OF SPECIFICATIONS: If a prospective Bidder is in doubt as to the in-

tended meaning of any part of the proposed contract documents, he may submit a written re-quest to the Douglas County Commissioners for an interpretation. The person submitting the request will be responsible for its prompt delivery. Any interpretation of the proposed docu-ments will be made in writing by addendum mailed or delivered to each person receiving a set of such documents. The Douglas County Commisioners will not be responsible for any other explanations or interpretations of the proposed documents. All such questions shall be submitted no later than 72 hours prior to the scheduled offer opening.

a. It shall be the Bidder’s responsibility to advise the Douglas County Commissioner

before the offer opening date of conflicting requirements or missing information which requires clarification.

6. BONDS: The Contractor to whom the work is awarded will be required to furnish a Perfor-

mance and Payment Bond to the Douglas County Commissioners in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the contract amount. This bond shall be executed on an accepta-ble form, signed by a surety company acceptable as surety to the Douglas County Commis-sioners, and by a surety company authorized to do business in the State of Colorado.

7. INSURANCE: The Contractor will be required to maintain throughout the duration of the

project the minimum insurance coverage listed below. In the case of any claims-made policy, the necessary retroactive dates and extended reporting periods shall be procured to maintain such continuous coverage:

a. Workman’s Compensation insurance with minimum limits of five hundred thousand

($500,000.00) dollars. b. General Liability insurance with minimum combined single limits of one million

($1,000,000.00) dollars each occurrence and one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars aggre-gate.

c. Comprehensive Automobile Liability insurance with minimum combined single limits for bodily injury and property damage of not less than one million ($1,000,000.00) dol-lars each occurrence and one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars aggregate

d. All Peril Builders Risk Insurance. e. Each policy required above shall be primary insurance and any insurance carried by the

Douglas County Commissioners shall be excess and not contributory insurance to that provided by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any deductible losses under the policies required above. Each policy shall identify the Douglas County Commissioners, its officers, agents and employees, as additional insureds. Contractor shall not be relieved of any liability, claims, demands or other obligations assumed pur-suant to the Contract by reason of its failure to procure and maintain insurance, or by rea-son of its failure to procure and maintain insurance in sufficient amounts, durations, or types.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILIATATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00002- 4

Page 12: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

8. EXISTING CONDITIONS: Each Bidder shall be responsible for confirming the types of ex-isting components, systems, and materials and their existing condition which will be found. No other documents are available.

9. ACCEPTANCE AND REJECTION OF OFFERS: The Douglas County Commissioners re-

serves the right to accept the offer, which in its judgment is the best offer, to reject any and all offers, to modify or curtail the multi-step sealed bidding process, and to waive irregularities and informalities in any offer that is submitted. Offers received after the specified time of opening will be returned unopened. Favorable consideration will be given to Prospective Bidders who currently employ, or who intend to employ for this project, qualified residents of Douglas County, Colorado.

10. SUBCONTRACTS: Each Bidder shall supply with his tendered offer to the Douglas County Commissioners, a list of all subcontractors which the Contractor plans to employ in the com-pletion of the contract. the Douglas County Commissioners reserves the right to disapprove the use of any or all subcontractor(s) which, in the Douglas County Commissioners’ opinion, are not reasonably qualified or capable of performing the work required in conformance with the documents, the Secretary of the Interior’s Standards, and the other provision of the con-tracts between the Douglas County Commissioners, and the State of Colorado, Colorado His-torical Society, and State Historical Fund.

11. APPROPRIATED FUNDS: The Douglas County Commissioners acknowledges that it has

appropriated, or will appropriate, money equal to the contract amount currently estimated for this project. No change order or other directive of the Douglas County Commissioners re-quiring additional compensable work to be done, which work causes the aggregate amount payable under the contract to exceed that appropriated for the original contract, shall be au-thorized unless the Contractor is given written notice by the Douglas County Commissioners, that lawful appropriations to cover the Change Order have been made, or unless such work is covered under a remedy granting provision of the Contract with the Contractor.

12. AGREEMENT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS. OWNER’S NAME, once a Contractor se-

lection is made and “Acceptance of Award” is acknowledged by the Contractor, will enter in-to contract negotiations to execute an agreement using AIA Document A101-2007, Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Projects “Where The Basis of Payment is a Stipulated Sum”. However, the Douglas County Commissioners re-serves the right to make alterations, edits, and/or supplemental addendums to these contract forms as deemed appropriate for this particular project.

PART II - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART III - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILIATATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00002- 5

Page 13: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 004113– PRICED BID FORM Owner: Douglas County Commissioners Project Name: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Greenland, Colorado SHF Project #2014-M1-017 Bidder Acknowledges Receipt of Addenda No.s: Base Bid Bid SHF

Project Budget 1 Roof and Wall Framing Stabilization $ $ 2 Roof Replacement $ $ 3 Concrete Stabilization and Replacement $ $ Total $ $ Bidder’s Time of Completion

1. Time Period from Notice to Proceed to Substantial Completion: _______________

2. Time Period from Substantial completion to Final Acceptance: _______________

3. Time of Completion of Entire Project (1+ 2): _______________

Project shall be completed no later than TBD. 1. BID: The undersigned bidder hereby proposes to furnish all the labor and materials and to perform

all the work required for the complete and prompt execution of everything described or shown in or reasonably implied from the Bidding Documents, including the Drawings and Specifications, for the work and for the base bid indicated above. Bidders should include all taxes that are applicable.

2. EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS AND SITE: The bidder has carefully examined the Bidding Documents, including the Drawings and Specifications, and has examined the site of the work, so as to make certain of the conditions at the site and to gain a clear understanding of the work to be done.

3. PARTIES INTERESTED IN BID: The bidder hereby certifies that the only persons or parties inter-

ested in this Bid are those named herein, and that no other bidder or prospective bidder has given any information concerning this Bid.

4. BID GUARANTEE: This Bid is accompanied by the required Bid Guarantee. You are authorized to

hold said Bid Guarantee for a period of not more than thirty (30) days after the opening of the Bids for the work above indicated, unless the undersigned bidder is awarded the Contract, within said peri-od, in which event the Douglas County Commissioners, may retain said Bid Guarantee, until the un-dersigned bidder has executed the required Agreement and furnished the required Performance Bond, Labor and Material Payment Bond, Insurance Policy and Certificates of Insurance.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILIATATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

PRICED BID FORM 004113- 1

Page 14: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

5. TIME OF COMPLETION: The bidder agrees to achieve substantial completion of the entire project within the number of calendar days entered above, and if applicable, further agrees that the period be-tween the date of substantial completion and the date of final acceptance of the entire project will not exceed the number of calendar days noted above. If awarded this work, the bidder agrees to begin work within ten (10) days from the date of the Notice to Proceed and agrees to prosecute the work with due diligence to completion.

6. EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS: The bidder understands that if this Bid is accepted, he must exe-

cute the required Agreement and furnish the required Performance Bond, Labor and Material Pay-ment Bond, Insurance Policy and Certificates of Insurance within ten (10) days from the date of the Notice of Award, and that the bidder will be required to sign to acknowledge and accept the Contract Documents, including the Drawings and Specifications.

7. The right is reserved to waive informalities, to reject any and all Bids and to enter into direct negotia-

tions with any preferred prequalified General Contractor. Dated this Day of _________________, 2015

THE BIDDER: Company Name Address (including city, state and zip) Phone number: Signature Name (Print) and Title

END OF PRICED BID FORM

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILIATATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

PRICED BID FORM 004113- 2

Page 15: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 011010 - SUMMARY PART I – GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Condi-tions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A. The Project consists of the Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation.

1. Project Location: Greenland, CO 80118 2. Owner: Douglas County Commissioners.

B. Documents, dated April 6, 2015, were prepared for the Project by Scheuber + Darden Architects,

P.O. Box 909, Parker, CO 80134.

C. The Work consists of:

a. Roof and Wall Framing Stabilization i. Sister on New Roof Joists.

ii. Epoxy Consolidation and Dutchmen Repair of Roof Joists iii. Sister on New Studs at Walls.

b. Roof Replacement

i. Remove Existing Roofing Material ii. Inspect Existing Sheathing Repair and Replace Where Damaged.

iii. Install new CDX Sheathing on Roof over Existing Historic Sheathing. iv. Install Ice and Water Shield over Entire Roof v. Install new Green Composition Shingles on Roof.

vi. Install Drip Edge Flashing and Flashing at All Penetrations. vii. Reconstruct Two Chimneys.

c. Concrete Stabilization and Replacement

i. Reconstruct North and South Foundation Walls with New Concrete Footing ii. Construct New Concrete Block Piers and Pads for Mid-span Supports

iii. Regrade Soils to Create Positive Drainage

D. The Work will be constructed under a single prime contract.

1.3 WORK SEQUENCE

A. The Work will be conducted in one phase.

1.4 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

SUMMARY 011000 - 1

Page 16: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

A. Use of the Site: Limit use of the premises to work in areas indicated. Confine operations to areas within contract limits indicated. Do not disturb portions of the site beyond the areas in which the Work is indicated.

1. Owner Occupancy: There will not be owner occupancy during construction.

2. Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways and entrances serving the premises clear and available to the Owner, the Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on-site.

3. Use of the Existing Building: Maintain the existing building in a weathertight condition

throughout the construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. Take all precautions necessary to protect the building during the construction period.

1.5 OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS

A. Owner Occupancy: The Owner will not occupy the building during construction. PART II – PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART III – EXECUTION (Not Applicable)

END OF SECTION 011000

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

SUMMARY 011000 - 2

Page 17: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 012000 – PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART I - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Condi-tions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements governing the Contractor's Applications for Payment.

B. Coordinate the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment with the Con-tractor's Construction Schedule, Submittal Schedule, and List of Subcontracts.

C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section.

1. Schedules: The Contractor's Construction Schedule and Submittal Schedule are specified in Division 1 Section "Submittals."

1.3 SCHEDULE OF VALUES

A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of the Contrac-tor's Construction Schedule.

B. Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative schedules and forms, including:

1. Contractor's Construction Schedule.

2. Application for Payment forms, including Continuation Sheets.

3. Line items must match the line items in Exhibit B of the contract between the State Historical Fund and the Grant Recipient.

C. Submit the Schedule of Values to the Architect at the earliest possible date but no later than 7 days before the date scheduled for submittal of the initial Applica-tions for Payment.

D. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values:

1. Project name and location. GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS

SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017 This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012000 - 1

Page 18: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

2. Name of the Architect.

3. Project number.

4. Contractor's name and address.

5. Date of submittal.

E. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values prior to the next Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Di-rectives result in a change in the Contract Sum.

1.4 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT

A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as cer-tified by the Architect and paid for by the Owner.

B. The initial Application for Payment, the Application for Payment at time of Sub-stantial Completion, and the final Application for Payment involve additional re-quirements.

C. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on the form. Include notarization and execution

by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of the Contractor. The Architect will return incomplete applications without action.

D. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and the Contractor's Con-struction Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made.

F. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued prior to the last day of the construction period covered by the application.

G. Transmittal: Submit 3 signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to

the Architect by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall be complete, includ-ing waivers of lien and similar attachments, when required.

H. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals, that must precede or co-

incide with submittal of the first Application for Payment, include the following:

1. List of subcontractors.

2. List of principal suppliers and fabricators.

3. Schedule of Values.

4. Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final).

5. Submittal Schedule (preliminary if not final).

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012000 - 2

Page 19: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

6. List of Contractor's staff assignments.

7. List of Contractor's principal consultants.

8. Copies of building permits.

9. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies.

10. Performance and payment bonds.

I. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: Following issuance of the Certificate of

Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment.

1. Warranties (guarantees) and maintenance agreements.

2. Maintenance instructions.

3. Final cleaning.

4. Application for reduction of retainage and consent of surety.

5. Advice on shifting insurance coverages.

6. Final progress photographs.

7. List of incomplete Work, recognized as exceptions to Architect's Certificate of Substantial Completion.

J. Final Payment Application: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide

with submittal of the final Application for Payment include the following:

1. Completion of Project closeout requirements.

2. Completion of items specified for completion after Substantial Completion.

3. Ensure that unsettled claims will be settled.

4. Ensure that incomplete Work is not accepted and will be completed without undue delay.

5. Transmittal of required Project construction records to the Owner.

6. Proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid.

7. Removal of temporary facilities and services.

8. Removal of surplus materials, rubbish, and similar elements.

PART II - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART III - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)

END OF SECTION 012000 GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS

SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017 This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012000 - 3

Page 20: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 012500 – SUBSTITUTION REQUIREMENTS PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling requests for sub-stitutions made after award of the Contract.

B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:

1. Division 1 Section "Reference Standards and Definitions" specifies the ap-plicability of industry standards to products specified.

2. Division 1 Section "Submittals" specifies requirements for submitting the Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittal Schedule.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Definitions in this Article do not change or modify the meaning of other terms used in the Con-tract Documents.

B. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction required

by the Contract Documents proposed by the Contractor after award of the Contract are considered to be requests for substitutions.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Substitution Request Submittal: The Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within 15 days after commencement of the Work. Requests received more than 30 days after commencement of the Work may be considered or rejected at the discretion of the Architect.

B. Submit 3 copies of each request for substitution for consideration. Submit re-quests in the form and according to procedures required for change-order pro-posals.

C. Identify the product or the fabrication or installation method to be replaced in each request. Include related Specification Section and Drawing numbers.

D. Provide complete documentation showing compliance with the requirements for substitutions, and the following information, as appropriate:

1. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by the Owner and separate contractors that will be necessary to accommodate the proposed substitution.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

SUBSTITUTION REQUIREMENTS 012500 - 1

Page 21: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

2. A detailed comparison of significant qualities of the proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include elements, such as performance, weight, size, durability, and visual effect.

3. Product Data, including Drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installa-tion procedures.

4. Samples, where applicable or requested.

5. A statement indicating the substitution's effect on the Contractor's Construction Schedule compared to the schedule without approval of the substitution. Indicate the effect of the pro-posed substitution on overall Contract Time.

6. Cost information, including a proposal of the net change, if any in the Contract Sum.

7. The Contractor's certification that the proposed substitution conforms to requirements in the Contract Documents in every respect and is appropriate for the applications indicated.

8. The Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently be-come necessary because of the failure of the substitution to perform adequately.

E. Architect's Action: If necessary, the Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a request for sub-stitution. The Architect will notify the Contractor of acceptance or rejection of the substitution within 2 weeks of receipt of the request, or one week of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. Acceptance will be in the form of a change order.

PART II - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Conditions: The Architect will receive and consider the Contractor's request for substitution when one or more of the following conditions are satisfied, as determined by the Architect. If the following conditions are not satisfied, the Architect will return the requests without action except to record noncompliance with these requirements.

1. Extensive revisions to the Contract Documents are not required.

2. Proposed changes are in keeping with the general intent of the Contract Doc-uments.

3. The request is timely, fully documented, and properly submitted.

4. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time. The Architect will not consider the request if the product or method cannot be provided as a result of failure to pursue the Work promptly or coordinate activities properly.

5. The request is directly related to an "or-equal" clause or similar language in the Contract Documents.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

SUBSTITUTION REQUIREMENTS 012500 - 2

Page 22: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

6. The requested substitution offers the Owner a substantial advantage, in cost, time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities the Owner must assume. The Owner's additional responsibil-ities may include compensation to the Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by the Owner, and similar con-siderations.

7. The specified product or method of construction cannot receive necessary approval by a governing authority, and the requested substitution can be ap-proved.

8. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided in a manner that is compatible with other materials and where the Contractor cer-tifies that the substitution will overcome the incompatibility.

9. The specified product or method of construction cannot be coordinated with other materials and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitu-tion can be coordinated.

10. The specified product or method of construction cannot provide a warranty required by the Contract Documents and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution provides the required warranty.

B. The Contractor's submittal and the Architect's acceptance of Shop Drawings, Product Data, or

Samples for construction activities not complying with the Contract Documents do not constitute an acceptable or valid request for substitution, nor do they constitute approval.

PART III - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)

END OF SECTION 012500

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

SUBSTITUTION REQUIREMENTS 012500 - 3

Page 23: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 013100 – PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Condi-tions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and supervisory requirements necessary for coordinating construction operations including, but not necessarily limited to, the following:

1. General project coordination procedures. 2. Conservation. 3. Administrative and supervisory personnel. 4. Cleaning and protection.

B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:

1. Division 1 Section "Project Meetings" for progress meetings, coordination meetings, and preinstallation conferences.

2. Division 1 Section "Submittals" for preparing and submitting the Contractor's Construc-tion Schedule.

3. Division 1 Section "Contract Closeout" for coordinating contract closeout.

1.3 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate construction operations included in various Sections of these Specifications to as-sure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction opera-tions included under different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, con-nection, and operation.

1. Schedule construction operations in the sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation.

2. Coordinate installation of different components to assure maximum accessibility for re-quired maintenance, service, and repair.

3. Make provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.

B. Where necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and at-tendance at meetings.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 1

Page 24: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

1. Prepare similar memoranda for the Owner and separate contractors where coordination of their work is required.

C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative pro-cedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and assure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Preparation of schedules. 2. Installation and removal of temporary facilities. 3. Delivery and processing of submittals. 4. Progress meetings. 5. Project closeout activities.

D. Conservation: Coordinate construction operations to assure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials.

1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorpo-rated in the Work.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Staff Names: Within 15 days of commencement of construction operations, submit a list of the Contractor's principal staff assignments, including the superintendent and other personnel in at-tendance at the Project Site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities. List their addresses and telephone numbers.

1. Post copies of the list in the Project meeting room, the temporary field office, and each temporary telephone.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL COORDINATION PROVISIONS

A. Inspection of Conditions: Require the Installer of each major component to inspect both the substrate and conditions under which Work is to be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfac-tory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner.

B. Coordinate temporary enclosures with required inspections and tests to minimize the necessity of uncovering completed construction for that purpose.

3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 2

Page 25: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

A. Clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials in place, during handling and installation. Apply protective covering where required to assure protection from damage or de-terioration at Substantial Completion.

B. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to assure operability without damaging effects.

C. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construc-tion, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise delete-rious exposure during the construction period. Where applicable, such exposures include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Excessive static or dynamic loading. 2. Excessive internal or external pressures. 3. Excessively high or low temperatures. 4. Thermal shock. 5. Water or ice. 6. Soiling, staining, and corrosion. 7. Destructive testing. 8. Misalignment. 9. Excessive weathering. 10. Unprotected storage. 11. Improper shipping or handling. 12. Theft. 13. Vandalism.

END OF SECTION 013100

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 3

Page 26: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 013200 - PROJECT MEETINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Condi-tions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project meetings, includ-ing, but not limited to, the following:

1. Preconstruction conferences. 2. Preinstallation conferences. 3. Progress meetings. 4. Coordination meetings.

B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:

1. Division 1 Section "Coordination" for procedures for coordinating project meetings with other construction activities.

2. Division 1 Section "Submittals" for submitting the Contractor's Construction Schedule.

1.3 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE

A. Schedule a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to the Owner, the Architect, and the State Historical Fund, but no later than 30 days after execution of the Agreement. Hold the conference at the Project Site or another convenient location. Con-duct the meeting to review responsibilities and personnel assignments.

B. Attendees: Authorized representatives of the Owner, Architect, and their consultants; the Con-tractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; manufacturers; suppliers; and other con-cerned parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with the Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

C. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following:

1. Tentative construction schedule. 2. Critical work sequencing. 3. Designation of responsible personnel. 4. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. 5. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

PROJECT MEETINGS 013200 - 1

Page 27: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

6. Distribution of Contract Documents. 7. Submittal of Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. 8. Preparation of record documents. 9. Use of the premises. 10. Parking availability. 11. Office, work, and storage areas. 12. Equipment deliveries and priorities. 13. Safety procedures. 14. First aid. 15. Security. 16. Housekeeping. 17. Working hours.

1.4 PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCES

A. Conduct a preinstallation conference at the Project Site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction.

B. Attendees: The Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or af-fected by the installation, and its coordination or integration with other materials and installa-tions that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise the Architect of sched-uled meeting dates.

1. Review the progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular ac-tivity under consideration at each preinstallation conference, including requirements for the following:

a. Contract Documents. b. Options. c. Related Change Orders. d. Purchases. e. Deliveries. f. Shop Drawings, Product Data, and quality-control samples. g. Review of mockups. h. Possible conflicts. i. Compatibility problems. j. Time schedules. k. Weather limitations. l. Manufacturer's recommendations. m. Warranty requirements. n. Compatibility of materials. o. Acceptability of substrates. p. Temporary facilities. q. Space and access limitations. r. Governing regulations. s. Safety.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

PROJECT MEETINGS 013200 - 2

Page 28: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

t. Inspecting and testing requirements. u. Required performance results. v. Recording requirements. w. Protection.

2. Record significant discussions and agreements and disagreements of each conference, and the approved schedule. Promptly distribute the record of the meeting to everyone concerned, including the Owner and the Architect.

3. Do not proceed with the installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of Work and reconvene the conference at the earliest feasible date.

1.5 PROGRESS MEETINGS

A. Conduct progress meetings at the Project Site at bi-weekly intervals. Notify the Owner and the Architect of scheduled meeting dates. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of the payment request.

B. Attendees: In addition to representatives of the Owner and the Architect, each subcontractor, supplier, or other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with the Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

C. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropri-ate to the status of the Project.

1. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine where each activity is in relation to the Contractor's Construction Schedule, whether on time or ahead or behind schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether sched-ule revisions are required to insure that current and subsequent activities will be complet-ed within the Contract Time.

2. Review the present and future needs of each entity present, including the following:

a. Interface requirements. b. Time. c. Sequences. d. Status of submittals. e. Deliveries. f. Off-site fabrication problems. g. Access. h. Site utilization. i. Temporary facilities and services. j. Hours of work.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

PROJECT MEETINGS 013200 - 3

Page 29: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

k. Hazards and risks. l. Housekeeping. m. Quality and work standards. n. Change Orders. o. Documentation of information for payment requests.

D. Reporting: The Architect will distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who should have been present. Included will be a brief summary, in narrative form, of progress since the previous meeting and report.

1. Schedule Updating: Revise the Contractor's Construction Schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue the revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)

END OF SECTION 013200

GREENLAND POST OFFICE – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

PROJECT MEETINGS 013200 - 4

Page 30: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENT SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 1

SECTION 013300 – SUBMITTAL PRECEDURES

PART I - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Condi-tions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submittals required for per-formance of the Work, including the following:

1. Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Submittal schedule. 3. Daily construction reports. 4. Shop Drawings. 5. Product Data. 6. Samples. 7. Quality assurance submittals.

B. Administrative Submittals: Refer to other Division 1 Sections and other Contract Documents for requirements for administrative submittals. Such submittals include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Permits. 2. Applications for Payment. 3. Performance and payment bonds. 4. Insurance certificates. 5. List of subcontractors.

C. Submittals, Samples, Mockup and Product Data Funded With State Historic Funds: For the fol-lowing items, the State Historic Fund Specialist shall review and approve the following:

A. Shop drawings for all types of windows and doors. B. Mockups for windows and doors. C. Production information for door hardware. D. Samples of asphalt roof shingles. E. Samples of asphalt siding shingles. F. Manufacturer’s literature on the ridge vent.

Page 31: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENT SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 2

D. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:

1. Division 1 Section "Applications for Payment" specifies requirements for submittal of the Schedule of Values.

2. Division 1 Section "Project Meetings" specifies requirements for submittal and distribution of meeting and conference minutes.

3. Division 1 Section "Quality Control" specifies requirements for submittal of inspection and test reports.

4. Division 1 Section "Contract Closeout" specifies requirements for submittal of Project Rec-ord Documents and warranties at project closeout.

5. Division 2 Section “ Selective Demolition” for selective demolition requirements.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Field samples are full-size physical examples erected on-site to illustrate finishes, coatings, or fin-ish materials. Field samples are used to establish the standard by which the Work will be judged.

B. Mockups are full-size assemblies for review of construction, coordination, testing, or operation; they are not Samples.

1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of con-struction activities. Transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay.

B. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and re-lated activities that require sequential activity.

C. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related elements of the Work so pro-cessing will not be delayed by the need to review submittals concurrently for coordination.

D. The Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until all related submittals are received.

E. Processing: To avoid the need to delay installation as a result of the time required to process submittals, allow sufficient time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals.

F. Allow 2 weeks for initial review. Allow additional time if the Architect must delay processing to permit coordination with subsequent submittals.

Page 32: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENT SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 3

G. Allow 2 weeks for reprocessing each submittal.

H. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals to the Architect sufficiently in advance of the Work to permit processing.

I. Submittal Preparation: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. Indicate the name of the entity that prepared each submittal on the label or title block.

J. Include the following information on the label for processing and recording action taken. 1. Project name. 2. Date. 3. Name and address of the Contractor. 4. Name and address of the subcontractor. 5. Name and address of the supplier. 6. Name of the manufacturer. 7. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. 8. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.

K. Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal from the Contractor to the Architect using a transmittal form. The Ar-chitect will not accept submittals received from sources other than the Contractor.

1.5 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

A. Bar-Chart Schedule: Prepare a fully developed, horizontal bar-chart-type, contractor's construc-tion schedule. Submit within 30 days after the date established for "Commencement of the Work."

1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties involved. Coordinate each element on the schedule with other construction activities; include minor el-ements involved in the sequence of the Work. Show each activity in proper sequence. Indi-cate graphically the sequences necessary for completion of related portions of the Work.

2. Coordinate the Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of sub-contracts, Submittal Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other schedules.

3. Indicate completion in advance of the date established for Substantial Completion. Indicate Substantial Completion on the schedule to allow time for the Architect's procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion.

4. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work, including submittal review, testing, and installation.

B. Distribution: Following response to the initial submittal, print and distribute copies to the Archi-tect, Owner, subcontractors, and other parties required to comply with scheduled dates. Post cop-ies in the Project meeting room and temporary field office.

Page 33: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENT SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 4

C. When revisions are made, distribute to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in construction activities.

D. Schedule Updating: Revise the schedule after each meeting, event, or activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue the updated schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.

1.6 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE

A. After development and acceptance of the Contractor's Construction Schedule, prepare a complete schedule of submittals. Submit the schedule within 10 days of the date required for submittal of the Contractor's Construction Schedule.

B. When revisions are made, distribute to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in construction activities.

C. Schedule Updating: Revise the schedule after each meeting or activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue the updated schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.

1.7 SHOP DRAWINGS

A. Submit newly prepared information drawn accurately to scale. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as the basis of Shop Drawings. Standard information prepared without spe-cific reference to the Project is not a Shop Drawing.

B. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation Drawings, setting diagrams, schedules, pat-terns, templates and similar Drawings. Include the following information:

1. Dimensions. 2. Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail number. 3. Compliance with specified standards. 4. Notation of coordination requirements. 5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.

C. Initial Submittal: Submit 2 blue- or black-line prints for the Architect's review. The Architect will return one print.

D. Final Submittal: Submit 3 blue- or black-line prints and 2 additional prints for maintenance man-uals. The Architect will retain 3 prints and return the remainder.

E. One of the prints returned shall be marked up and maintained as a "Record Document."

F. Do not use Shop Drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating action taken.

Page 34: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENT SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 5

1.8 PRODUCT DATA

A. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. Product Data includes printed information, such as manufacturer's installation instructions, catalog cuts, standard color charts, roughing-in diagrams and templates, standard wiring diagrams, and per-formance curves.

B. Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where printed Product Data includes in-formation on several products that are not required, mark copies to indicate the applicable infor-mation. Include the following information:

1. Manufacturer's printed recommendations. 2. Compliance with trade association standards. 3. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards. 4. Application of testing agency labels and seals. 5. Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement. 6. Notation of coordination requirements.

C. Do not submit Product Data until compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents has been confirmed.

D. Preliminary Submittal: Submit a preliminary single copy of Product Data where selection of op-tions is required.

E. Submittals: Submit 4 copies. The Architect will retain three and will return the other marked with action taken and corrections or modifications required.

F. Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is observed, the submittal may serve as the final submittal.

G. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittal to installers, subcontractors, suppliers, manufac-turers, fabricators, and others required for performance of construction activities. Show distribu-tion on transmittal forms.

H. Do not proceed with installation until a copy of Product Data is in the Installer's possession.

I. Do not permit use of unmarked copies of Product Data in connection with construction.

1.9 SAMPLES

A. Submit full-size, fully fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical with the material or product proposed. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabri-cated components, cuts or containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture, and pattern.

Page 35: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENT SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 6

B. Mount or display Samples in the manner to facilitate review of qualities indicated. Prepare Sam-ples to match the Architect's sample. Include the following:

1. Specification Section number and reference. 2. Generic description of the Sample. 3. Sample source. 4. Product name or name of the manufacturer. 5. Compliance with recognized standards. 6. Availability and delivery time.

C. Submit Samples for review of size, kind, color, pattern, and texture. Submit Samples for a final check of these characteristics with other elements and a comparison of these characteristics be-tween the final submittal and the actual component as delivered and installed.

D. Where variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in the material or product represented, submit at least 3 multiple units that show approximate limits of the varia-tions.

E. Preliminary Submittals: Submit a full set of choices where Samples are submitted for selection of color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics from a range of standard choices.

F. The Architect will review and return preliminary submittals with the Architect's notation, indicat-ing selection and other action.

G. Submittals: Except for Samples illustrating assembly details, workmanship, fabrication tech-niques, connections, operation, and similar characteristics, submit 3 sets. The Architect will re-turn one set marked with the action taken.

H. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at the Project Site, for quality comparisons throughout the course of construction.

I. Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is observed, the submittal may serve as the final submittal.

J. Sample sets may be used to obtain final acceptance of the construction associated with each set.

K. Distribution of Samples: Prepare and distribute additional sets to subcontractors, manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers, installers, and others as required for performance of the Work. Show dis-tribution on transmittal forms.

L. Field samples are full-size examples erected on-site to illustrate finishes, coatings, or finish mate-rials and to establish the Project standard.

M. Comply with submittal requirements to the fullest extent possible. Process transmittal forms to provide a record of activity.

1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMITTALS

Page 36: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENT SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 7

A. Submit quality-control submittals, including design data, certifications, manufacturer's instruc-tions, manufacturer's field reports, and other quality-control submittals as required under other Sections of the Specifications.

B. Certifications: Where other Sections of the Specifications require certification that a product, ma-terial, or installation complies with specified requirements, submit a notarized certification from the manufacturer certifying compliance with specified requirements.

C. Signature: Certification shall be signed by an officer of the manufacturer or other individual au-thorized to sign documents on behalf of the company.

1.11 ARCHITECT'S ACTION

A. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility.

B. Action Stamp: The Architect will stamp each submittal with a uniform, action stamp. The Archi-tect will mark the stamp appropriately to indicate the action taken, as follows:

1. Final Unrestricted Release: When the Architect marks a submittal "Approved," the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with requirements of the Contract Documents. Final payment depends on that compliance.

2. Final-But-Restricted Release: When the Architect marks a submittal "Approved as Noted," the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with notations or cor-rections on the submittal and requirements of the Contract Documents. Final payment de-pends on that compliance.

3. Returned for Resubmittal: When the Architect marks a submittal "Not Approved, Revise and Resubmit," do not proceed with Work covered by the submittal, including purchasing, fabri-cation, delivery, or other activity. Revise or prepare a new submittal according to the nota-tions; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain different action mark.

4. Do not use, or allow others to use, submittals marked "Not Approved, Revise and Resubmit" at the Project Site or elsewhere where Work is in progress.

5. Other Action: Where a submittal is for information or record purposes or special processing or other activity, the Architect will return the submittal marked "Action Not Required."

6. Unsolicited Submittals: The Architect will return unsolicited submittals to the sender without action.

PART II - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART III - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)

END OF SECTION 013300

Page 37: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION - 013400 - SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY

A. This section includes special procedures for historic treatment on this Project including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Storage and protection of the existing historic materials.

2. Temporary protection of historic materials during construction. 3. Protection during application of chemicals. 4. Protection during use of heat-generating equipment. 5. Historic treatment procedures.

1.02 DEFINITIONS

A. “Preservation”: To apply measures necessary to sustain the existing form, integrity, and materials of a historic property. Work may include preliminary measures to protect and stabilize the property.

B. “Rehabilitation”: To make possible a compatible use for a property through repair,

alterations, and additions while preserving those portions or features that convey its historical, cultural, or architectural values.

C. “Restoration”: To accurately depict the form, features, and character of a property as it

appeared at a particular period of time by means of the removal of features from other periods in its history and the reconstruction of missing features from the restoration period.

D. “Reconstruction”: To reproduce in the exact form and detail a building, structure, or

artifact as it appeared at a specific period in time. E. “Stabilize”: To apply measures designed to reestablish a weather resistant enclosure and

the structural reinforcement of an item or portion of the building while maintaining the essential form as it exists at present.

F. “Protect and Maintain”: To remove deteriorating corrosion, reapply protective coatings,

and install protective measures such as temporary guards; to provide the least degree of intervention.

G. “Repair”: To stabilize, consolidate, or conserve; to retain existing materials and features

while employing as little new material as possible. Repair includes patching, piecing-in, splicing, consolidating, or otherwise reinforcing or upgrading materials. Within restoration, repair also includes limited replacement in kind, rehabilitation, and reconstruction, with compatible substitute materials for deteriorated or missing parts of features when there are surviving prototypes.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT 013400-1

Page 38: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

H. “Replace”: To duplicate and replace entire features with new material in kind. Replacement includes the following conditions:

1. Duplication: Includes replacing elements damaged beyond repair or missing.

Original material is indicated as the pattern for creating new duplicated elements. 2. Replacement with New Materials: Includes replacement with new material when

original material is not available as patterns for creating new duplicated elements. 3. Replacement with Substitute Materials: Includes replacement with compatible

substitute materials. Substitute materials are not allowed, unless otherwise indicated.

I. “Remove”: To detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-

site unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled. J. “Remove and Salvage”: To detach items from existing construction and deliver them to

Owner ready for reuse. K. “Remove and Reinstall”: To detach items from existing construction, repair and clean

them for reuse, and reinstall them where indicated. L. “Existing to Remain” or “Retain”: Existing items of construction that are not to be

removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled.

M. “Material in Kind”: Material that matches existing materials, as much as possible, in

species, cut, color, grain, and finish. 1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Historic Treatment Program: Submit a written plan for each phase or process including

protection of surrounding materials during operations. Describe in detail materials, methods, and equipment to be used for each phase of work.

B. Alternative Methods and Materials: If alternative methods and materials to those

indicated are proposed for any phase of work, provide a written description including evidence of successful use on other, comparable projects, and program of testing to demonstrate effectiveness for use on this Project.

C. Photographs or Videotape: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site

improvements, including finish surfaces that might be misconstrued as damage caused by historic treatment operations. Submit before work begins.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Historic Treatment Specialist Qualifications: A firm that employs personnel, including

supervisory personnel, experienced and skilled in the processes and operations indicated. B. Historic Treatment Preconstruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT 013400-2

Page 39: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

1.05 STORAGE AND PROTECTION OF HISTORIC MATERIALS

A. Removed and Salvaged Historic Items.

1. Clean salvaged historic items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4. Transport items to Owner’s storage area designated by Owner. 5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 6. Do not dispose of items removed from existing construction without written

consent of Owner.

B. Removed and Reinstalled Historic Materials:

1. Clean and repair historic items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse.

2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers. 3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for

new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated.

C. Existing Historic Materials to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against

damage and soiling during historic treatment. When permitted by Architect/Engineer, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during historic treatment and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after historic treatment operations are complete.

D. Storage and Protection: When removed from their existing location, store historic

materials within a weather-tight enclosure where they are protected from wetting by rain, snow or ground water, and temperature variations. Secure stored materials to protect from theft.

1. Identify removed items with an inconspicuous mark indicating their original location.

1.06 PROJECT SITE CONDITIONS A. Exterior Cleaning and Repairing:

1. Proceed with the work only when forecasted weather conditions are favorable.

a. Wet Weather: Do not attempt repairs during rainy or foggy weather. Do

not apply primer, paint, putty, or epoxy when the relative humidity is above 80 percent. Do not remove exterior elements of structures when rain is forecast or in progress.

b. Do not perform exterior wet work when the air temperature is below 40 deg F.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT 013400-3

Page 40: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

c. Do not begin cleaning, patching, or repairing when there is any likelihood of frost or freezing.

d. Do not begin cleaning when either the air or the surface temperature is below 45 deg F unless approved means are provided for maintaining a 45 deg F temperature of the air and materials during, and for 48 hours subsequent to, cleaning.

Part 2 – PRODUCTS (Not Used) Part 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECTION, GENERAL

A. Comply with manufacturer’s written instructions for precautions and effects of products

and procedures on adjacent building materials, components, and vegetation.

B. Ensure that supervisory personnel are present when work begins and during its progress.

C. Temporary protection of historic materials during construction: 1. Protect existing materials during installation of temporary protections and

construction. Do not deface or remove existing materials. 2. Attachments of temporary protection to existing construction shall be approved

by Architect/Engineer prior to installation.

D. Protect landscape work adjacent to or within work areas as follows: 1. Provide barriers to protect tree trunks. 2. Bind spreading shrubs. 3. Use coverings that allow plants to breathe and remove coverings at the end of

each day. Do not cover plant material with a waterproof membrane for more than 8 hours at a time.

4. Set scaffolding and ladder legs away from plants.

E. Existing Drains: Prior to the start of work or any cleaning operations, test drains and other water removal systems to ensure that drains and systems are functioning properly. Notify Architect/Engineer immediately of drains or systems that are stopped or blocked. Do not begin Work this Section until the drains are in working order.

1. Provide a method to prevent solids including stone or mortar residue from

entering the drains or drain lines. Clean out drains and drain lines that become blocked or filled by sand or any other solids because of work performed under this Contract.

2. Protect storm drains from pollutants. Block drains or filter out sediments, allowing only clean water to pass.

3.02 PROTECTION DURING APPLICATION OF CHEMICALS

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT 013400-4

Page 41: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

A. Protect persons, motor vehicles, surrounding surfaces of building being restored, building site, plants, and surrounding buildings from harm or damage resulting from applications of chemical cleaners and paint removers.

B. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section “Temporary Facilities and Controls.” C. Cover adjacent surfaces with materials that are proven to resist chemical cleaners selected

for the Project unless chemicals being used will not damage adjacent surfaces. Use covering materials that contain only waterproof, UV-resistant adhesives. Apply masking agents to comply with manufacturer’s written instructions. Do not apply liquid masking agent to paint or porous surfaces. When no longer needed, promptly remove masking to prevent adhesive staining.

D. Do not clean surfaces during winds of sufficient force to spread cleaning solutions to

unprotected surfaces. E. Neutralize and collect alkaline and acid wastes and dispose of off Owner’s property.

3.03 PROTECTION DURING USE OF HEAT-GENERATING EQUIPMENT

A. Comply with the following procedures while performing work with heat-generating

equipment, including welding, cutting soldering, brazing, paint removal with heat, and other operations where open flames or implements utilizing heat are used: 1. Obtain Owner’s approval for operations involving use of open-flame or welding

equipment. 2. As far as practical, use heat-generating equipment in shop areas or outside the

building. 3. Before work with heat-generating equipment commences, furnish personnel to

serve as a fire watch (or watches) for location(s) where work is to be performed. 4. Do not perform work with heat-generating equipment in or near rooms or in areas

where flammable liquids or explosive vapors are present or thought to be present. Use a combustible gas indicator test to ensure that the area is safe.

5. Remove and keep the area free of combustibles, including, rubbish, paper, waste, etc., within area of operations.

6. Where possible, furnish and use baffles of metal or gypsum board to prevent the spraying of sparks or hot slag into surrounding combustible material.

7. Prevent the extension of sparks and particles of hot metal through open windows, doors, holes and cracks in floors, walls, ceilings, roofs, and other openings.

8. Inspect each location of the day’s work not sooner than 30 minutes after completion of operations to detect hidden or smoldering fires and to ensure that proper housekeeping is maintained.

B. Where sprinkler protection exists and is functional, maintain it without interruption while

operations are being performed. If operations are performed close to automatic sprinkler heads, shield the individual heads temporarily with guards.

3.04 HISTORIC TREATMENT PROCEDURES

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT 013400-5

Page 42: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

C. The principal aim of preservation work is to halt the process of deterioration and stabilize the item’s condition, unless otherwise indicated. Repair is required where specifically indicated. The following procedures are generally referenced:

1. Retain as much existing material as possible; repair and consolidate rather than

replace. 2. Use additional material or structure to reinforce, strengthen, prop, tie, and support

existing material or structure. 3. Use reversible processes wherever possible. 4. Use traditional replacement materials and techniques. New work shall only be

distinguishable to the trained eye, on close inspection, from old work. 5. Record the work before the procedure with preconstruction photos and during the

work with periodic construction photos. Photographic documentation is specified in Division 1.

D. Prohibit smoking by personnel performing work on or near historic structures. E. Obtain Architect/Engineer’s review and written approval in the form of a Constructive Change Directive or Supplemental Instruction before making changes or additions to construction or removing historic materials. F. Notify Architect/Engineer of visible changes in the integrity of material or components

whether due to environmental causes including biological attack, UV degradation, freezing, or thawing; or due to structural defects including cracks, movement, or distortion.

1. Do not proceed with the work in question until coordinated with the

Architect/Engineer. G. Where missing features are indicated to be repaired or replaced, provide features whose

designs are based on accurate duplications rather than on conjectural designs, subject to the approval of Architect/Engineer and Preservation Specialist.

H. Where work requires existing features to be removed, cleaned, and reused, perform these

operations without damage to the material itself, to adjacent materials, or to the substrate. I. Identify new or replacement materials and features with inconspicuous, permanent marks

to distinguish them from original materials. Record the legend of identification marks and the locations of these marks on Record Drawings.

J. When cleaning, match approved samples of existing materials that have been cleaned and

identified for acceptable cleaning levels. Avoid over-cleaning to prevent damage to existing materials during cleaning.

END OF SECTION 013400

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT 013400-6

Page 43: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIRMENTS PART I - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Condi-tions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

B. Quality-control services include inspections, tests, and related actions, including reports per-formed by Contractor, by independent agencies, and by governing authorities. They do not in-clude contract enforcement activities performed by Architect.

C. Inspection and testing services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or

indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with Con-tract Document requirements.

D. Requirements of this Section relate to customized fabrication and installation procedures, not

production of standard products.

E. Specific quality-control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sec-tions may also cover production of standard products.

F. Specified inspections, tests, and related actions do not limit Contractor's quality-control procedures that facilitate compliance with Contract Document require-ments.

G. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-control services required by Ar-chitect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section.

H. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:

1. Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching" specifies requirements for repair and restoration of construction disturbed by inspection and testing activities.

1.3 RESPONSIBILITIES

A. Contractor Responsibilities: Unless otherwise indicated as the responsibility of another identified entity, Contractor shall provide inspections, tests, and other quality-control services specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents and required by authorities having jurisdiction. Costs for these services are included in the Contract Sum.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 1

Page 44: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

B. Where individual Sections specifically indicate that certain inspections, tests, and other quality-control services are the Contractor's responsibility, the Contractor shall employ and pay a qualified independent testing agency to perform quality-control services. Costs for these services are included in the Contract Sum.

C. Where individual Sections specifically indicate that certain inspections, tests, and other quality-control services are the Owner's responsibility, the Owner will em-ploy and pay a qualified independent testing agency to perform those services.

D. Where the Owner has engaged a testing agency for testing and inspecting part of the Work, and the Contractor is also required to engage an entity for the same or related element, the Contractor shall not employ the entity engaged by the Owner, unless agreed to in writing by the Owner.

E. Retesting: The Contractor is responsible for retesting where results of inspections, tests, or other

quality-control services prove unsatisfactory and indicate noncompliance with Contract Docu-ment requirements, regardless of whether the original test was Contractor's responsibility.

1. The cost of retesting construction, revised or replaced by the Contractor, is the Contractor's responsibility where required tests performed on original construction indicated noncompliance with Contract Document requirements.

F. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required inspections, tests, and similar

services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify the agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Auxiliary services required include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Provide access to the Work.

2. Furnish incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate inspections and tests.

3. Take adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing or assist the agency in taking samples.

4. Provide facilities for storage and curing of test samples.

5. Deliver samples to testing laboratories.

6. Provide the agency with a preliminary design mix proposed for use for mate-rials mixes that require control by the testing agency.

7. Provide security and protection of samples and test equipment at the Project Site.

G. Duties of the Testing Agency: The independent agency engaged to perform inspections, sam-

pling, and testing of materials and construction specified in individual Sections shall cooperate

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 2

Page 45: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

with the Architect and the Contractor in performance of the agency's duties. The testing agency shall provide qualified personnel to perform required inspections and tests.

1. The agency shall notify the Architect and the Contractor promptly of irregu-larities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its ser-vices.

2. The agency is not authorized to release, revoke, alter, or enlarge require-ments of the Contract Documents or approve or accept any portion of the Work.

3. The agency shall not perform any duties of the Contractor.

H. Coordination: Coordinate the sequence of activities to accommodate required services with a

minimum of delay. Coordinate activities to avoid the necessity of removing and replacing con-struction to accommodate inspections and tests.

I. The Contractor is responsible for scheduling times for inspections, tests, taking samples, and similar activities.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Unless the Contractor is responsible for this service, the independent testing agency shall submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each inspection, test, or similar service to the Architect. If the Contractor is responsible for the service, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each inspection, test, or similar service through the Contractor.

B. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to the governing authori-ty, when the authority so directs.

C. Report Data: Written reports of each inspection, test, or similar service include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Date of issue.

2. Project title and number.

3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency.

4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.

5. Names of individuals making the inspection or test.

6. Designation of the Work and test method.

7. Identification of product and Specification Section.

8. Complete inspection or test data. GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS

SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017 This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 3

Page 46: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

9. Test results and an interpretation of test results.

10. Ambient conditions at the time of sample taking and testing.

11. Comments or professional opinion on whether inspected or tested Work complies with Con-tract Document requirements.

12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.

13. Recommendations on retesting.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Qualifications for Service Agencies: Engage inspection and testing service agencies, including independent testing laboratories, that are prequalified as complying with the American Council of Independent Laboratories' "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualifica-tion" and that specialize in the types of inspections and tests to be performed.

B. Each independent inspection and testing agency engaged on the Project shall be authorized by authorities having jurisdiction to operate in the state where the Pro-ject is located.

PART II - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART III - EXECUTION 3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION

A. General: Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample taking and similar services, repair dam-aged construction and restore substrates and finishes. Comply with Contract Document require-ments for Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching."

B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities, and protect repaired con-

struction.

C. Repair and protection is Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for inspection, testing, or similar services.

END OF SECTION 014000

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 4

Page 47: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 5

Page 48: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 015000 – TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART I - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Condi-tions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes requirements for construction facilities and temporary controls, including temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection.

B. Temporary utilities include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Water service and distribution. 2. Temporary electric power and light. 3. Temporary heat. 4. Ventilation. 5. Telephone service. 6. Sanitary facilities, including drinking water. 7. Storm and sanitary sewer.

C. Support facilities include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Field offices and storage sheds. 2. Dewatering facilities and drains. 3. Temporary enclosures. 4. Temporary project identification signs and bulletin boards. 5. Waste disposal services. 6. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities.

D. Security and protection facilities include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Temporary fire protection. 2. Barricades, warning signs, and lights. 3. Enclosure fence for the site. 4. Environmental protection.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Temporary Utilities: Submit reports of tests, inspections, meter readings, and similar procedures performed on temporary utilities.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction including, but not limited to, the following:

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONSTRUCTION CONTROLS 01500 - 1

Page 49: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

1. Building code requirements. 2. Health and safety regulations. 3. Utility company regulations. 4. Police, fire department, and rescue squad rules. 5. Environmental protection regulations.

B. Electrical Service: Comply with NEMA, NECA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service in compliance with NFPA 70 "National Electric Code."

C. Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and test each temporary utility

before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Conditions of Use: Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat in appearance. Operate in a safe and efficient manner. Relocate temporary services and facilities as the Work progresses. Do not overload facilities or permit them to interfere with progress. Take necessary fire-prevention measures. Do not allow hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to develop or persist on-site.

PART II - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: Provide new materials. If acceptable to the Architect, the Contractor may use undam-aged, previously used materials in serviceable condition. Provide materials suitable for use in-tended.

B. Tarpaulins: Provide waterproof, fire-resistant, UL-labeled tarpaulins with flame-spread rating of

15 or less. For temporary enclosures, provide translucent, nylon-reinforced, laminated polyeth-ylene or polyvinyl chloride, fire-retardant tarpaulins.

C. Water: Provide potable water approved by local health authorities.

D. Open-Mesh Fencing: Provide 0.120-inch- (3-mm-) thick, galvanized 2-inch (50-mm) chainlink

fabric fencing 6 feet (2 m) high with galvanized barbed-wire top strand and galvanized steel pipe posts, 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) I.D. for line posts and 2-1/2 inches (64 mm) I.D. for corner posts.

2.2 EQUIPMENT

A. General: Provide new equipment. If acceptable to the Architect, the Contractor may use undam-aged, previously used equipment in serviceable condition. Provide equipment suitable for use in-tended.

1. Electrical Outlets: Provide properly configured, NEMA-polarized outlets to prevent insertion

of 110- to 120-Volt plugs into higher voltage outlets. Provide receptacle outlets equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters, reset button, and pilot light for connection of power tools and equipment.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONSTRUCTION CONTROLS 01500 - 2

Page 50: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

2. Electrical Power Cords: Provide grounded extension cords. Use hard-service cords where exposed to abrasion and traffic. Provide waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electric cords if single lengths will not reach areas where construction activities are in pro-gress. Do not exceed safe length-voltage ratio.

3. Heating Units: Provide temporary heating units that have been tested and labeled by UL, FM, or another recognized trade association related to the type of fuel being consumed.

4. Temporary Toilet Units: Provide self-contained, single-occupant toilet units of the chemical, aerated recirculation, or combustion type. Provide units properly vented and fully enclosed with a glass-fiber-reinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent material.

5. Fire Extinguishers: Provide hand-carried, portable, UL-rated, Class A fire extinguishers for temporary offices and similar spaces. In other locations, provide hand-carried, portable, UL-rated, Class ABC, dry-chemical extinguishers or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA-recommended classes for the exposures.

PART III - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Use qualified personnel for installation of temporary facilities. Locate facilities where they will

serve the Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required.

B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as required.

Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of complet-ed permanent facilities.

3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION

A. General: Engage the appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or connect to existing service. Where company provides only part of the service, provide the remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment. Comply with company recommendations.

B. Provide adequate capacity at each stage of construction. Prior to temporary utility availability,

provide trucked-in services.

C. Use Charges: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to the Owner or Ar-chitect. Neither the Owner nor Architect will accept cost or use charges as a basis of claims for Change Orders.

D. Add provisions for work not in Contract but served by temporary facilities, if required.

E. Temporary Electric Power Service: Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power service and

distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics during construction pe-riod. Include meters, transformers, overload-protected disconnects, automatic ground-fault inter-rupters, and main distribution switch gear.

F. Power Distribution System: Install wiring overhead and rise vertically where least exposed to

damage. Where permitted, wiring circuits not exceeding 125 Volts, ac 20 Ampere rating, and lighting circuits may be nonmetallic sheathed cable where overhead and exposed for surveillance. GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS

SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017 This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONSTRUCTION CONTROLS 01500 - 3

Page 51: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

G. Temporary Heat: Provide temporary heat required by construction activities for curing or drying

of completed installations or for protection of installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select safe equipment that will not have a harmful effect on com-pleted installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce the ambient condition required and minimize consumption of energy.

H. Temporary Telephones: Provide temporary telephone service throughout the construction period

for all personnel engaged in construction activities. Install telephone on a separate line for each temporary office and first-aid station. Cell phones are acceptable if service is available and clear.

I. Sanitary facilities include temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking-water fixtures. Comply

with regulations and health codes for the type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. Install where facilities will best serve the Project's needs.

J. Drinking-Water Facilities: Provide containerized, tap-dispenser, bottled-water drinking-water units, including paper supply.

K. If the interior of the building is utilized for an office by the contractor and subcontractors and for

project meetings, then provide janitorial services to clean the building and make repairs prior to completion of the project.

L. Provide earthen embankments and similar barriers in and around excavations and subgrade con-

struction, sufficient to prevent flooding by runoff of storm water from heavy rains. 3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION

A. Locate field offices, storage sheds, and other temporary construction and support facilities for easy access.

B. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove prior to Substantial Com-pletion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent fa-cilities, under conditions acceptable to the Owner.

C. Field Offices: Use of the building by the contractor is acceptable. Keep the building clean and

orderly for use for small progress meetings. Have a copying machine available.

D. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Install storage and fabrication sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment involved, including temporary utility service. Sheds may be open shelters or fully enclosed spaces within the building or elsewhere on-site.

E. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: For temporary drainage and dewatering facilities and opera-

tions not directly associated with construction activities included under individual Sections, com-ply with dewatering requirements of applicable Division 2 Sections. Where feasible, utilize the same facilities. Maintain the site, excavations, and construction free of water.

F. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress

and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONSTRUCTION CONTROLS 01500 - 4

Page 52: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

G. Where heat is needed provide temporary enclosures where there is no other provision for con-tainment of heat. Coordinate enclosure with ventilating and material drying or curing require-ments to avoid dangerous conditions and effects.

H. Collection and Disposal of Waste: Collect waste from construction areas and elsewhere daily. Comply with requirements of NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste material and debris. Enforce requirements strictly. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days when the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F (27 deg C). Handle hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste by containerizing properly. Dispose of material lawfully.

3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION

A. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with standards and code requirements for erec-tion of structurally adequate barricades. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics, and warning signs to inform personnel and the public of the hazard being protected against. Where appropri-ate and needed, provide lighting, including flashing red or amber lights.

B. Enclosure Fence: Before excavation begins, install an enclosure fence with lockable entrance

gates. Locate where indicated, or enclose the entire site or the portion determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations. Install in a manner that will prevent people, dogs, and other animals from easily entering the site, except by the entrance gates.

C. Storage: Where materials and equipment must be stored, and are of value or attractive for theft, provide a secure lockup. Enforce discipline in connection with the installation and release of ma-terial to minimize the opportunity for theft and vandalism.

D. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct con-

struction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations, and minimize the possibility that air, waterways, and subsoil might be contaminated or polluted or that other unde-sirable effects might result. Avoid use of tools and equipment that produce harmful noise. Re-strict use of noise-making tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from per-sons or firms near the site.

3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL

A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. Limit availability of tempo-rary facilities to essential and intended uses to minimize waste and abuse.

B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect from dam-

age by freezing temperatures and similar elements.

C. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid pos-sibility of damage.

D. Protection: Prevent water-filled piping from freezing. Maintain markers for underground lines.

Protect from damage during excavation operations.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONSTRUCTION CONTROLS 01500 - 5

Page 53: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

E. Termination and Removal: Unless the Architect requests that it be maintained longer, remove each temporary facility when the need has ended, when replaced by authorized use of a perma-nent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore perma-nent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with the temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfacto-rily repaired.

F. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the Contractor's property. Consider inserting specific removal requirements, as illustrated below.

G. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during the construction

period.

END OF SECTION 015000

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONSTRUCTION CONTROLS 01500 - 6

Page 54: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 016000 – PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing the Contractor's se-lection of products for use in the Project.

1. Division 1 Section "Reference Standards and Definitions" specifies the ap-plicability of industry standards to products specified.

2. Division 1 Section "Submittals" specifies requirements for submittal of the Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittal Schedule.

3. Division 1 Section "Substitutions" specifies administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions made after award of the Contract.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Definitions used in this Article are not intended to change the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents, such as "specialties," "systems," "structure," "finishes," "accessories," and similar terms. Such terms are self-explanatory and have well-recognized meanings in the con-struction industry.

B. "Products" are items purchased for incorporation in the Work, whether purchased for the Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" in-cludes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.

C. "Named Products" are items identified by the manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation, shown or listed in the manufacturer's published product liter-ature that is current as of the date of the Contract Documents.

D. "Materials" are products substantially shaped, cut, worked, mixed, finished, re-fined or otherwise fabricated, processed, or installed to form a part of the Work.

E. "Equipment" is a product with operational parts, whether motorized or manually operated, that requires service connections, such as wiring or piping.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product List: Prepare a list showing products specified in tabular form acceptable to the Archi-tect. Include generic names of products required. Include the manufacturer's name and proprie-tary product names for each item listed.

GREELLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 1

Page 55: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

B. Coordinate product list with the Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Schedule of Submittals.

C. Form: Prepare product list with information on each item tabulated under the following column headings:

1. Related Specification Section number.

2. Generic name used in Contract Documents.

3. Proprietary name, model number, and similar designations.

4. Manufacturer's name and address, supplier's name and address, installer's name and address.

5. Projected delivery date or time span of delivery period.

D. Initial Submittal: Within 30 days after date of commencement of the Work, submit 3 copies of an initial product list. Provide a written explanation for omis-sions of data and for known variations from Contract requirements.

E. At the Contractor's option, the initial submittal may be limited to product selections and designa-tions that must be established early in the Contract period.

F. Completed List: Within 60 days after date of commencement of the Work, sub-mit 3 copies of the completed product list. Provide a written explanation for omissions of data and for known variations from Contract requirements.

G. Architect's Action: The Architect will respond in writing to Contractor within 2

weeks of receipt of the completed product list. No response within this period constitutes no objection to listed manufacturers or products but does not consti-tute a waiver of the requirement that products comply with Contract Documents. The Architect's response will include a list of unacceptable product selections, containing a brief explanation of reasons for this action.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Source Limitations: To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the same kind from a sin-gle source.

B. Compatibility of Options: When the Contractor is given the option of selecting between 2 or

more products for use on the Project, the product selected shall be compatible with products pre-viously selected, even if previously selected products were also options.

C. Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on concealed surfaces or, where required for observation after installation, on accessible surfaces that are not conspicuous.

GREELLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 2

Page 56: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver, store, and handle products according to the manufacturer's recommendations, using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft.

B. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at the site and to prevent over-crowding of construction spaces.

C. Coordinate delivery with installation time to assure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deteriora-tion, theft, and other losses.

D. Deliver products to the site in an undamaged condition in the manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and in-structions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing.

E. Inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Docu-

ments and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected.

F. Store products at the site in a manner that will facilitate inspection and measure-ment of quantity or counting of units.

G. Store heavy materials away from the Project structure in a manner that will not endanger the supporting construction.

H. Store products subject to damage by the elements above ground, under cover in a weathertight enclosure, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. Main-tain temperature and humidity within range required by manufacturer's instruc-tions.

PART II - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION

A. Methods of specifying used limit options available to Contractor for product selection. This Arti-cle defines procedures governing product selection. See Evaluations for a discussion of specify-ing methods. Evaluations include a comparison of terms in MASTERSPEC with those in CSI's "Manual of Practice."

B. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that

are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, new at the time of installation.

GREELLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 3

Page 57: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

C. Product Selection Procedures: The Contract Documents and governing regulations govern prod-uct selection. Procedures governing product selection include the following:

D. Proprietary Specification Requirements: Where Specifications name only a sin-gle product or manufacturer, provide the product indicated. No substitutions will be permitted.

E. Semiproprietary Specification Requirements: Where Specifications name 2 or more products or manufacturers, provide 1 of the products indicated. No substi-tutions will be permitted.

F. Where Specifications specify products or manufacturers by name, accompanied by the term "or equal" or "or approved equal," comply with the Contract Document provisions concerning "sub-stitutions" to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product.

G. Nonproprietary Specifications: When Specifications list products or manufactur-ers that are available and may be incorporated in the Work, but do not restrict the Contractor to use of these products only, the Contractor may propose any availa-ble product that complies with Contract requirements. Comply with Contract Document provisions concerning "substitutions" to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product.

H. Descriptive Specification Requirements: Where Specifications describe a prod-uct or assembly, listing exact characteristics required, with or without use of a brand or trade name, provide a product or assembly that provides the characteris-tics and otherwise complies with Contract requirements.

I. Performance Specification Requirements: Where Specifications require compli-ance with performance requirements, provide products that comply with these requirements and are recommended by the manufacturer for the application indi-cated.

J. Manufacturer's recommendations may be contained in published product literature or by the manufacturer's certification of performance.

K. Compliance with Standards, Codes, and Regulations: Where Specifications only require compliance with an imposed code, standard, or regulation, select a prod-uct that complies with the standards, codes, or regulations specified.

L. Visual Matching: Where Specifications require matching an established Sample, the Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches sat-isfactorily.

GREELLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 4

Page 58: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

M. Where no product available within the specified category matches satisfactorily and complies with other specified requirements, comply with provisions of the Contract Documents concerning "substitutions" for selection of a matching product in another product category.

N. Visual Selection: Where specified product requirements include the phrase "... as selected from manufacturer's standard colors, patterns, textures ..." or a similar phrase, select a product and manufacturer that complies with other specified re-quirements. The Architect will select the color, pattern, and texture from the product line selected.

PART III - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF PRODUCTS

A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of products in the applications indicated. Anchor each product securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other Work.

B. Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION 016000

GREELLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 5

Page 59: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 017000 – CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART I - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Condi-tions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Inspection procedures.

2. Project record document submittal.

3. Operation and maintenance manual submittal.

4. Submittal of warranties.

5. Final cleaning.

6. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the appropriate Sec-tions in Divisions 2 through 16.

1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

A. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the date Sub-stantial Completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion for the portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete.

1. Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in these Contract Documents and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.

2. If 100 percent completion cannot be shown, include a list of incomplete items, the value of incomplete construction, and reasons the Work is not complete.

B. Advise the Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements.

C. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications, and similar documents.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01700 - 1

Page 60: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

D. Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases.

E. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, final project photographs, dam-age or settlement surveys, and similar final record information.

F. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items.

G. Discontinue and remove temporary facilities from the site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements.

H. Complete final cleanup requirements, including touchup painting.

I. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes.

J. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the Architect will either proceed

with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. The Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion following inspection or advise the Contractor of construc-tion that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued.

K. The Architect will repeat inspection when requested and assured that the Work is substantially complete.

L. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance.

1.4 FINAL ACCEPTANCE

A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment, complete the following. List exceptions in the request.

B. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required.

C. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01700 - 2

Page 61: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

D. Submit a certified copy of the Architect's final inspection list of items to be com-pleted or corrected, endorsed and dated by the Architect. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance and shall be endorsed and dated by the Architect.

E. Submit consent of surety to final payment.

F. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insur-ance requirements.

G. Reinspection Procedure: The Architect will reinspect the Work upon receipt of notice that the

Work, including inspection list items from earlier inspections, has been completed, except for items whose completion is delayed under circumstances acceptable to the Architect.

H. Upon completion of reinspection, the Architect will prepare a certificate of final acceptance. If the Work is incomplete, the Architect will advise the Contractor of Work that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance.

1. If necessary, reinspection will be repeated.

1.5 RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS

A. General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes. Protect record documents from deterioration and loss in a secure, fire-resistant location. Provide access to record documents for the Architect's reference during normal working hours.

B. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white-prints of Contract

Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where the installation varies substantially from the Work as originally shown. Mark which drawing is most capable of showing conditions fully and accurately. Where Shop Drawings are used, record a cross-reference at the corresponding location on the Contract Drawings. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date.

1. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil. Use other colors to distinguish be-tween variations in separate categories of the Work.

2. Mark new information that is important to the Owner but was not shown on Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings.

3. Note related change-order numbers where applicable.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01700 - 3

Page 62: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

4. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets. Bind sets with dura-ble-paper cover sheets; print suitable titles, dates, and other identification on the cover of each set.

5. Mark these documents to show substantial variations in actual Work per-formed in comparison with the text of the Specifications and modifications.

6. Give particular attention to substitutions and selection of options and infor-mation on concealed construction that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation.

7. Note related record drawing information and Product Data.

C. Maintenance Manuals: Organize operation and maintenance data into suitable sets of manageable

size. Bind properly indexed data in individual, heavy-duty, 2-inch (51-mm), 3-ring, vinyl-covered binders, with pocket folders for folded sheet information. Mark appropriate identifica-tion on front and spine of each binder. Include the following types of information:

1. Copies of warranties.

2. Shop Drawings and Product Data.

PART II - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART III - EXECUTION 3.1 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

A. Operation and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each Installer of equipment that requires regular maintenance to meet with the Owner's personnel to provide instruction in proper opera-tion and maintenance. Provide instruction by manufacturer's representatives if installers are not experienced in operation and maintenance procedures. Include a detailed review of the following items:

1. Record documents.

2. Cleaning.

3. Warranties and bonds.

3.2 FINAL CLEANING

A. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to the condition expected in a normal, commercial building cleaning and mainte-nance program. Comply with manufacturer's instructions.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01700 - 4

Page 63: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

B. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for cer-tification of Substantial Completion.

1. Clean exposed exterior finishes to a dust-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar for-eign substances.

2. Clean the site, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, litter, and other foreign substances. Sweep paved areas broom clean; remove stains, spills, and other foreign depos-its. Rake grounds that are neither paved nor planted to a smooth, even-textured surface.

3. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for protection of the Work during construction.

C. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for

cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Re-move waste materials from the site and dispose of lawfully.

D. Where extra materials of value remain after completion of associated Work, they become the Owner's property. Dispose of these materials as directed by the Owner.

END OF SECTION 017000

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01700 - 5

Page 64: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

`SECTION 01740 - WARRANTIES PART I - GENERAL 1.1RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Condi-tions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for warranties required by the Contract Documents, including manufacturer’s standard warranties on products and special war-ranties.

B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:

1. Division 1 Section "Submittals" specifies procedures for submitting warran-ties.

2. Division 1 Section "Contract Closeout" specifies contract closeout proce-dures.

3. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for warranties on products and installations specified to be warranted.

4. Certifications and other commitments and agreements for continuing services to Owner are specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents.

C. Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties

do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the Work that incorporates the products. Manu-facturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve suppliers, manufactur-ers, and subcontractors required to countersign special warranties with the Contractor.

1.3 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS

A. Related Damages and Losses: When correcting failed or damaged warranted construction, re-move and replace construction that has been damaged as a result of such failure or must be re-moved and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted construction.

B. Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by a warranty has failed and been corrected by

replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. The reinstated warran-ty shall be equal to the original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation.

C. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has failed, replace or

rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements of the Contract Docu-ments. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective Work re-gardless of whether the Owner has benefited from use of the Work through a portion of its antici-pated useful service life.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

WARRANTIES 01740 - 1

Page 65: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

D. Owner's Recourse: Expressed warranties made to the Owner are in addition to implied warranties

and shall not limit the duties, obligations, rights, and remedies otherwise available under the law. Expressed warranty periods shall not be interpreted as limitations on the time in which the Owner can enforce such other duties, obligations, rights, or remedies.

E. Rejection of Warranties: The Owner reserves the right to reject warranties and to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents.

F. Where the Contract Documents require a special warranty, or similar commitment on the Work or

part of the Work, the Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept the Work, until the Contractor presents evidence that entities required to countersign such commitments are willing to do so.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit written warranties to the Architect prior to the date certified for Substantial Completion. If the Architect's Certificate of Substantial Completion designates a commencement date for war-ranties other than the date of Substantial Completion for the Work, or a designated portion of the Work, submit written warranties upon request of the Architect.

B. When a designated portion of the Work is completed and occupied or used by the Owner, by separate agreement with the Contractor during the construction peri-od, submit properly executed warranties to the Architect within 15 days of com-pletion of that designated portion of the Work.

C. When the Contract Documents require the Contractor, or the Contractor and a subcontractor, sup-

plier or manufacturer to execute a special warranty, prepare a written document that contains ap-propriate terms and identification, ready for execution by the required parties. Submit a draft to the Owner, through the Architect, for approval prior to final execution.

D. Refer to Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties.

E. Provide additional copies of each required warranty, as necessary, for inclusion in each required manual.

PART II - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART III – EXECUTION (Not Applicable)

END OF SECTION 01740

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

WARRANTIES 01740 - 2

Page 66: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 024119 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of a building. 2. Patching and repairs.

B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:

1. Division 1 Section "Summary of Work" for use of the building and phasing requirements. 2. 3. Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching" for cutting and patching procedures for

selective demolition operations. 4. Division 1 Section "Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls" for temporary

utilities, temporary construction and support facilities, temporary security and protection facilities, and environmental protection measures for selective demolition operations.

5. Division 1 Section "Contract Closeout" for record document requirements. 6. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for material and construction requirements for

temporary enclosures.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Remove: Remove and legally dispose of items except those indicated to be reinstalled, salvaged, or to remain the Owner's property.

B. Remove and Salvage: Items indicated to be removed and salvaged remain the Owner's property. Remove, clean, and pack or crate items to protect against damage. Identify contents of containers and deliver to Owner's designated storage area.

C. Remove and Reinstall: Remove items indicated; clean, service, and otherwise prepare them for reuse; store and protect against damage. Reinstall items in the same locations or in locations indicated.

D. Existing to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by the Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and then cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 - 1

Page 67: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

1.3 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP

A. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain the Owner's property, demolished materials shall become the Contractor's property and shall be removed from the site with further disposition at the Contractor's option.

B. Historical items, relics, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, antiques, and other items of interest or value to the Owner, which may be encountered during selective demolition, remain the Owner's property. Contact the architect prior to removal for possible archeological work. Carefully remove and salvage each item or object in a manner to prevent damage and deliver promptly to the Owner.

C. Cooperate with Owner's archaeologist or historical adviser.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections, for information only, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Proposed dust-control measures.

C. Schedule of selective demolition activities indicating the following:

1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity.

D. Inventory of items to be removed and salvaged.

E. Inventory of items to be removed by Owner.

F. Photographs or videotape, sufficiently detailed, of existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements that might be misconstrued as damage caused by selective demolition operations.

G. Record drawings at Project closeout according to Division 1 Section "Contract Closeout."

H. Landfill records indicating receipt and acceptance of hazardous wastes by a landfill facility licensed to accept hazardous wastes.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Demolition Firm Qualifications: Engage an experienced firm that has successfully completed selective demolition Work similar to that indicated for this Project.

B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before starting selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 - 2

Page 68: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Owner will occupy portions of the building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so that Owner's operations will not be disrupted. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner of activities that will affect Owner's operations.

B. Owner assumes no responsibility for actual condition of buildings to be selectively demolished.

1. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical.

C. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site will not be permitted.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 REPAIR MATERIALS

A. Use repair materials identical to existing materials.

B. Where identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used for exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.

C. Use materials whose installed performance equals or surpasses that of existing materials.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required.

B. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be removed and salvaged.

C. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with the intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of the conflict. Promptly submit a written report to the Architect.

D. Survey the condition of the building to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of the structure or adjacent structures during selective demolition.

E. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition active

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 - 3

Page 69: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Conduct demolition operations and remove debris to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.

B. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by governing regulations.

C. Conduct demolition operations to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. Ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area.

D. Erect temporary protection, such as walks, fences, railings, canopies, and covered passageways, where required by authorities having jurisdiction.

E. Protect existing site improvements, appurtenances, and landscaping to remain.

F. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between demolition and removal of existing construction, on exterior surfaces and new construction to ensure that no water leakage or damage occurs to structure or interior areas.

G. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain and are exposed during selective demolition operations.

H. Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or structural support to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of building to be selectively demolished.

I. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition.

3.3 POLLUTION CONTROLS

A. Use water mist, temporary enclosures, and other suitable methods to limit the spread of dust and dirt. Comply with governing environmental protection regulations.

B. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas.

C. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before start of selective demolition.

3.4 PATCHING AND REPAIRS

A. Promptly patch and repair holes and damaged surfaces caused to adjacent construction by selective demolition operations.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 - 4

Page 70: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

B. Patching is specified in Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching."

C. Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new materials.

D. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into adjoining construction to remain in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching and refinishing.

E. Patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space where demolished walls or partitions extend one finished area into another. Provide a flush and even surface of uniform color and appearance.

3.5 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS

A. General: Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site.

B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.

C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them.

END OF SECTION 024119

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 - 5

Page 71: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 033000 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS1`

A. Submittals: Product Data, concrete mix designs and submittals required by ACI 301.

B. Ready-Mixed Concrete Producer Qualifications: ASTM C 94/C 94M.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PEFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Comply with ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete," and with ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials."

2.2 MATERIALS

A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), deformed.

B. Plain Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, as drawn.

C. Plain-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185, as drawn, flat sheet.

D. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II.

E. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C or F.

F. Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: ASTM C 989, Grade 100 or 120.

G. Aggregates: ASTM C 33.

H. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.

I. Chemical Admixtures: ASTM C 494. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride.

J. Vapor Retarder: Reinforced sheet, ASTM E 1745, Class A.

K. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 1

Page 72: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

L. Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber, or ASTM D 1752, cork or self-expanding cork.

2.3 CONCRETE MIXTURES

A. Prepare design mixtures, proportioned according to ACI 301.

B. Normal-Weight Concrete:

1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 3000 psi at 28 days. 2. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.45. 3. Slump Limit: 4 inches, plus or minus 1 inch. 4. Air Content: Maintain within range permitted by ACI 301. Do not allow air content of

floor slabs to receive troweled finishes to exceed 3 percent.

C. Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M.

1. When air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONCRETING

A. Construct formwork according to ACI 301 and maintain tolerances and surface irregularities within ACI 347R limits of Class A, 1/8 inch for concrete exposed to view and Class B, 1/4 inch Class C, 1/2 inch for other concrete surfaces.

B. Place vapor retarder on prepared subgrade, with joints lapped 6 inches and sealed.

C. Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement.

D. Install construction, isolation, and contraction joints where indicated. Install full-depth joint-filler strips at isolation joints.

E. Place concrete in a continuous operation and consolidate using mechanical vibrating equipment.

F. Protect concrete from physical damage, premature drying, and reduced strength due to hot or cold weather during mixing, placing, and curing.

G. Owner will engage a testing agency to perform field tests and to submit test reports.

H. Protect concrete from damage. Repair and patch defective areas.

END OF SECTION 033000 GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS

SHF NO.: 2014-M1-017 This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 2

Page 73: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 042000 - UNIT MASONRY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Submittals:

1. Material Certificates: For each type of product indicated. Include statements of material properties indicating compliance with requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 UNIT MASONRY

A. Comply with ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.

2.2 MASONRY UNITS

A. Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 90; Density Classification, Lightweight.

1. Square-edged units. 2. Size: 7-5/8 wide by 7-5/8 inches high by 1'-3 5/8" inches long.

B. Face Brick: Match existing brick on the chimney being reconstructed.

2.3 MORTAR AND GROUT

A. Concrete Masonry Units

1. Mortar: ASTM C 270, proportion specification. a. Use portland cement-lime mortar. b. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar. c. For exterior, above-grade, load-bearing and non-load-bearing walls and parapet

walls; for interior load-bearing walls; for interior non-load-bearing partitions, and for other applications where another type is not indicated, use Type N.

2. Grout: ASTM C 476 with a slump of 8 to 11 inches.

B. Brick Units

1. Mortar: Match existing based on mortar analysis. GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS

SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017 This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

UNIT MASONRY 042000 - 1

Page 74: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

2. Grout: Match existing based on mortar analysis.

2.4 REINFORCEMENT, TIES, AND ANCHORS

A. Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M or ASTM A 996/A 996M, Grade 60.

B. Joint Reinforcement: ASTM A 951.

1. Coating: Hot-dip galvanized at both interior and exterior walls. 2. Wire Size for Side Rods: 0.187-inch diameter. 3. Wire Size for Cross Rods: 0.187-inch diameter. 4. For single-wythe masonry, provide either ladder design or truss design.

2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES

A. Compressible Filler: Premolded strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A1.

B. Proprietary Acidic Masonry Cleaner: Product expressly approved for intended use by cleaner manufacturer and manufacturer of masonry units.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Cut masonry units with saw. Install with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed.

B. Mix units for exposed unit masonry from several pallets or cubes as they are placed to produce uniform blend of colors and textures.

C. Stopping and Resuming Work: Rack back units; do not tooth.

D. Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout 24 inches under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts, and similar items unless otherwise indicated.

E. Build non-load-bearing interior partitions full height and install compressible filler in joint between top of partition and underside of structure above.

F. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard unless otherwise indicated.

G. Keep cavities clean of mortar droppings and other materials during construction.

H. Set firebox brick in full bed of refractory mortar with full head joints. Make joints approximately 1/8 inch wide and tool smooth.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

UNIT MASONRY 042000 - 2

Page 75: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

I. Set clay flue liners in full beds of refractory mortar to comply with ASTM C 1283.

3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage special inspectors to perform tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Inspections: Level 1 special inspections according to the IBC. 2. Place grout only after inspectors have verified compliance of grout spaces and of grades,

sizes, and locations of reinforcement.

3.3 CLEANING

A. Clean masonry as work progresses. Remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints.

B. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly cured, clean exposed masonry.

END OF SECTION 04200

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

UNIT MASONRY 042000 - 3

Page 76: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 061000 - ROUGH CARPENTRY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Submittals: ICC-ES evaluation reports for wood-preservative treated wood.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL

A. Lumber: Provide dressed lumber, S4S, marked with grade stamp of inspection agency.

2.2 TREATED MATERIALS

A. Preservative-Treated Materials: AWPA U1; Use Category UC2

B. Provide preservative-treated materials:

1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing.

2. Wood sills, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete.

3. Wood framing members that are less than 18 inches above the ground. 4. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs-on-grade.

2.3 FRAMING

A. Dimension Lumber:

1. Maximum Moisture Content: 15 percent. 2. Non-Load-Bearing Interior Partitions: Construction or No. 2. 3. Framing Other Than Non-Load-Bearing Interior Partitions: Construction or No. 2

Douglas fir-larch: WCLIB, or WWPA.

2.4 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER

A. Miscellaneous Dimension Lumber: Construction, or No. 2 grade with 15 percent maximum moisture content of any species. Provide for in-kind replacement of dimensional wall and roof sheathing, nailers, blocking, and similar members.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 1

Page 77: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

2.5 MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS

A. Fasteners: Size and type indicated. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M.

B. Sill Sealer: Glass-fiber insulation, 1 inch thick.

C. Flexible Flashing: Self-adhesive product consisting of a butyl rubber or rubberized-asphalt compound, bonded to a backing sheet to produce an overall thickness of not less than 0.025 inch m).

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Locate nailers, blocking, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction.

B. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA's WCD 1, "Details for Conventional Wood Frame Construction," unless otherwise indicated.

C. Do not splice structural members between supports unless otherwise indicated.

D. Securely attach rough carpentry to substrates.

END OF SECTION 061000

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 2

Page 78: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 061600 - SHEATHING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Submittals: ICC-ES evaluation reports for preservative-treated plywood.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 WOOD PANEL PRODUCTS, GENERAL

A. Plywood: DOC PS 1.

B. Solid board sheathing is covered in Section 061000 Rough Carpentry.

2.2 TREATED PLYWOOD

A. Preservative-Treated Plywood: AWPA U1; Use Category UC2.

B. Provide preservative-treated plywood for roof sheathing.

C. WALL SHEATHING

D. Plywood Wall Sheathing: Exterior, Structural I sheathing.

2.3 ROOF SHEATHING

A. Plywood Roof Sheathing: Exterior, Structural I sheathing.

2.4 MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS

A. Fasteners: Size and type indicated.

1. For roof sheathing, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M.

2. Power-Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

SHEATHING 061600 - 1

Page 79: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Securely attach to substrates,

B. Fastening Methods:

1. Wall and Roof Sheathing:

a. Nail to wood framing.

END OF SECTION 061600

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

SHEATHING 061600 - 2

Page 80: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 062500 - WOOD REPAIR PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including Division 1 Specifications, apply to

this section

1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section including, but not limited to the following: 1. Removal of exterior finish systems at areas of wood restoration or repair 2. Preservation and sealing of seams and joints 3. Removal of decayed and contaminated wood 4. Installation of wood repair compound materials

B. Extent of wood restoration work is as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division I Specification Sections:

1. Product data, installation instructions, and general recommendations from

manufacturer for types of repair required including technical data sheets defining performance properties

2. Restoration Schedule: Submit schedule for each window, door, cornice, or area of wood trim to be restored, outlining in detail proposed restoration work to be performed on each component; obtain written approval from Engineer prior to commencement of repair work

3. Certification that materials comply with local VOC limitations 4. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in the “Quality Assurance”

article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience; include a list of completed projects with project name, address, names of Engineers and Owners, and information specified a. Five (5) business days after bid opening, submit a written qualification

and experience of all lead personnel for work on the Project; list project manager or foreman’s name and experience relative to this Project

b. All work shall be performed by persons whose qualifications have been submitted and approved

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF Project NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society Wood Repair 065200-1

Page 81: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

A. Restorations Specialist: Work must be performed by a firm having not less than five (5) years successful experience in comparable wood restoration work including work on at least three (3) buildings listed in the State of Colorado and/or National Register of Historic Places under the direction of federal and state preservation agencies in the last five (5) years and employing personnel skilled in the restoration process and operations indicated:

1. Restoration Specialist firm must be acceptable to, or certified by, manufacturer of primary restoration materials.

2. Work associated with work of this section, including (but limited to) paint removal and substrate preparation, is to be performed by Installer of the work.

3. Only skilled workers who are thoroughly trained and experienced in wood repairs and restoration work at areas as noted have the skilled required for the work of this section, and are completely familiar with the materials and methods

specified shall be used for wood restoration work. 4. At least one skilled worker shall be present at all times during the execution of the work and shall personally direct the wood repairs and restoration work. 5. In acceptance or rejection of the wood restoration work, no allowance will be

made for lack of skill on the part of the workers. B. Field Mock-ups

1. Wood restoration: following the requirements of the Section, perform a mock-up

of each type of wood repair system specified to demonstrate materials and methods intended to be used in the finished work a. Perform mock-ups in areas indicated by the Architect. b. Obtain the Architect’s written approval of each mock-up before

proceeding with the work of the Section. c. Protect the approved mock-ups until the completion of all the work. d. Approved mock-up shall represent the minimum acceptable standard for

each type and detail of the restoration work.

C. Manufacturer: Obtain primary repair material from a single manufacturer; provide secondary materials as recommended by the manufacturer of the primary materials

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Deliver all materials in original unopened containers labeled with the manufacturer’s name, brand name, item name, and installation instructions.

B. Store materials in compliance with the manufacturer’s requirements for temperature, maximum and minimum, and other conditions; keep all materials under cover and dry; protect against exposure to the weather.

C. Discard and remove from the job site any material damaged in handling or storage and

any materials that have been subjected to conditions contrary to the manufacturer’s recommendations or whose maximum shelf life has expired.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF Project NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society Wood Repair 065200-2

Page 82: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Lead: Some existing paint layers most likely contain lead; take all necessary precautions to ensure the safety of all persons engaged in removing lead-based paint and dispose of all residues generated from lead-based paint stripping in a legal manner in accordance with all local, state, and federal codes.

B. Coordination: Coordinate wood repair with paint stripping so that the effected surfaces

are exposed for a minimal time to avoid further damage to bare wood; coordinate with painting so that all restored surfaces are primed as soon as possible after repair.

C. Weather: Proceed with the work of the section only when existing and foreseen weather

conditions permit the work to be performed in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations for temperature and humidity range, minimum and maximum.

D. Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with product applications until substrates have been inspected and are determined to be in satisfactory conditions; substrate moisture content shall not be in excess of 12% during preparation and application:

1. Remove all decayed wood to a clean, sound, unaffected substrate. 2. Remove all built up paints, and other debris to a clean sound substrate. 3. Remove all wood sawdust to a clean sound substrate. E. Protection:

1. Use all necessary means to protect interior of building from all damages caused

by precipitation and other environmental conditions during the work of the Section

2. Protect all adjacent building surfaces from damage, staining or deterioration resulting from wood restoration work.

3. Protect the restoration work in progress to prevent further deterioration exposed wood surfaces; protect the completed work until the time of final inspection and acceptance by the Architect.

F. Safety: General Contractor shall use all means necessary to ensure that no person

(whether involved in the work of the Section or not) is harmed or injured due to the work of this Section; comply with all applicable laws, codes, and regulations.

G. Security: Coordinate work with the owner’s project manager to ensure that the building is secured at the end of each work period; review security procedures with the Owner prior to proceeding with the work in this Section.

PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 GENERAL

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF Project NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society Wood Repair 065200-3

Page 83: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

A. Compatibility: Provide products recommended by the manufacturers to be fully

compatible with indicated substrate

2.02 EPOXY REPAIR PRODUCTS

A. Epoxy repair materials shall consist of 2 separate systems, a 2 part low viscosity epoxy primer/coupling agent and a 2 part thixotropic paste meeting the criteria of Table A and B

2.03 MANUFACTURER OF REPAIR PRODUCTS AND EQUIPMENT

A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with the requirements, provide product of the following or approved equivalent or substitute:

1. Advanced Repair Technology, Cherry Valley, NY 2. Window Care Systems, Pembroke, MA

2.04 REPAIR PRODUCTS

A. Low viscosity epoxy coupling/bonding agent

B. Epoxy repair compound

2.05 PAINT STRIPPERS

A. Chemical Stripping Agent – Methylene chloride based, Thixotropic stripper

B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following, or approved equal:

1. 509 Stripper 2. ProSoCo 3. Soy gel 4. Peel away 5. Or approved equal C. Low temperature heat gun or heat plate, no open flame

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 INSPECTION

A. Inspect all wood surfaces in conjunction with the Engineer to determine the extent of restoration and methods to be used:

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF Project NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society Wood Repair 065200-4

Page 84: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

1. The Engineer’s decision regarding the extent of required repair and extent of profile replication work shall be final

2. In wood surfaces where decay is present, determine the methods and treatment of repair

3. Areas that do not attach existing profiles, determine the level of restoration and replication to be achieved.

B. Joints, Joinery, and edges: Check wood members at joints, seams and edges for:

1. Any open seams or failed conditions. 2. Wood moisture content. 3. The presences of wood decay, by probing surfaces.

C. Sills, Trim, Rafter Tails, exposed soffit boards and bargeboards

1. Inspect wood surfaces for natural defects (knots), cracks, and checks 2. Determine wood moisture content 3. Probe for the presence for wood decay

3.02 REMOVAL A. Removal of finishes:

1. Remove all peeling and loose paint by scraping; taking care not to damage sound wood and profiles.

2. Strip all painted wood surface to be repaired to “bright” wood, taking care not to damage sound wood and profiles by the application of stripping paste or by the use of a heat gun or plate.

a. Remove stripper and finishes as directed by manufacturer. b. Dispose of debris in accordance with approved methods. 3. Wash all surfaces with recommended neutralizing agents to remove any foreign

particle, dust and chemical residue, allow surface to thoroughly dry.

3.03 PREVENTATIVE SYSTEMS

A. Preservation and Sealing of seams and joints; repair of wood “checking” due to weathering. 1. Open or failed seams and checks shall be dilated to a width of 3/16” and depth

of 1/2” 2. Remove all decayed, soft, and weathered wood. 3. Check the moisture content and hardness of wood at and around the repair,

maximum allowable moisture content 10%. 4. Sand bare wood to remove all loose fibers, paint, and compounds; remove all

sawdust and dirt. 5. Pre-treat bare and sanded wood thoroughly with low viscosity epoxy coupling/

bonding agent.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF Project NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society Wood Repair 065200-5

Page 85: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

6. Allow coupling agent to penetrate wood surface for a minimum of 10 minutes and maximum of 30 minutes, or as recommended by the manufacturer; avoid applying in direct sunlight.

7. Remove any excess bonding agent with absorbing paper. 8. Apply epoxy repair compound over epoxy bonding agent while still tacky. 9. Epoxy compound shall have optimal contact with wood. 10. Avoid inclusion of air pockets during application. 11. Fill joints full, even, and smooth in one application. 12. Allow full cure time as specified by manufacturer before application of paint or

varnish. 13. After curing, sand surface even and smooth; transitions and irregularities between

wood and epoxy shall not be visible after sanding. 14. If required, smooth any remaining irregularities with an additional application of

epoxy repair compound; always sand between coats. 3.04 CURATIVE SYSTEMS

A. Preservation and Repair of Damaged/Decayed Wood: 1. Remove all paint and other coatings from area to be repaired. 2. Remove all decayed soft and discolored wood, to sound bright unaffected

material. 3. Check area of removal to determine complete elimination of decayed material.

a. Remaining wood should be an even color without red-brown and/or gray spots

b. No soft wood, existing brittle compound, or other previous repair materials should remain

4. Check moisture content and hardiness of the wood in and around the repair area. a. Moisture content of wood to be 12% or less 5. Sand bare wood to remove all loose fibers, paint, and compounds; remove all

sawdust and dirt. 6. Drill holes in affected area to receive borate gel and rods; follow manufacturer’s

dose recommendations for dimensional lumber. 7. Pre-treat bare and sanded wood thoroughly with low viscosity epoxy coupling/

bonding agent. a. Allow coupling/bonding agent to penetrate wood surface for a minimum

of 10 minutes and maximum of 30 minutes, or as recommended by the manufacturer; avoid applying in direct sunlight.

b. Remove any excess bonding agent with absorbing paper. 8. Apply epoxy repair compound over the uncured epoxy coupling agent. a. Epoxy fill shall have optimal contact with wood. b. Avoid inclusion of air pockets during application. c. Fill joints full, even, and smooth in one application.

d. Allow full cure time as specified by manufacturer before preparing for finishes.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF Project NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society Wood Repair 065200-6

Page 86: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

9. After curing, sand surface even and smooth; transitions and irregularities between wood and epoxy shall not be visible after sanding.

10. If required, smooth any remaining irregularities with an additional application of epoxy repair compound; always sand between coats.

3.05 ADJUSTMENTS

A. Repair or replace all unacceptable and/or defective work at no additional cost to the owner.

END OF SECTION 062500

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF Project NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society Wood Repair 065200-7

Page 87: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 064600 - WOOD TRIM

PART 1 - GENERAL

A. Section includes replacement in-kind standing and running trim, jambs, and frames.

B. Submittals: Shop Drawings for all dimensions and profiles.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 WOOD TRIM

A. Quality Standard: AWI, AWMAC, and WI's "Architectural Woodwork Standards."

B. Exterior Trim: Custom grade, made from species that matches the existing trim.

C. Interior Trim for Transparent Finish: Custom grade, made from species that matches the existing trim.

D. Interior Trim for Opaque Finish: Custom species that matches the existing trim.

2.2 MATERIALS

A. Wood Moisture Content for Exterior Woodwork: 7 to 12 percent.

B. Wood Moisture Content for Interior Woodwork: 7 to 12 percent.

C. Blocking and Shims: Softwood or hardwood lumber, kiln dried.

D. Fasteners for Exterior Wood Trim:

1. Nails: Hot-dip galvanized or stainless steel. 2. Screws: Hot-dip galvanized or stainless steel.

2.3 FABRICATION

A. Complete fabrication to maximum extent possible before shipment to Project site. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting.

B. Backout or groove backs of flat trim members and kerf backs of other wide, flat members, except for members with ends exposed in finished work.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-01-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

WOOD TRIM 064600 - 1

Page 88: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Before installation, condition wood trim to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas.

B. Install wood trim to comply with referenced quality standard for grade specified.

C. Install wood trim level, plumb, true, and straight. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install level and plumb to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches.

D. Scribe and cut wood trim to fit adjoining work, refinish cut surfaces, and repair damaged finish at cuts.

E. Anchor wood trim to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Fasten with countersunk concealed fasteners and blind nailing. Use fine finishing nails or finishing screws for exposed nailing, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork.

F. Exterior Standing and Running Trim: Install with minimum number of joints possible, using full-length pieces (from maximum length of lumber available) to greatest extent possible. Do not use pieces less than 36 inches long, except where shorter single-length pieces are necessary. Scarf running joints and stagger in adjacent and related members.

G. Interior Standing and Running Trim: Install with minimum number of joints possible, using full-length pieces (from maximum length of lumber available) to greatest extent possible. Do not use pieces less than 60 inches, except where shorter single-length pieces are necessary. Scarf running joints and stagger in adjacent and related members.

END OF SECTION 064600

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-01-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

WOOD TRIM 064600 - 2

Page 89: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 071113 - BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Submittals: Product Data.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING

A. Cold-Applied, Emulsified-Asphalt Dampproofing:

1. Brush and Spray Coats: ASTM D 1227, Type III, Class 1.

B. Cut-Back Asphalt Primer: ASTM D 41.

C. Emulsified-Asphalt Primer: ASTM D 1227, Type III, Class 1, except diluted with water as recommended by manufacturer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Apply to new foundations only.

B. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to work; fill voids, seal joints, and remove bond breakers if any, as recommended by prime material manufacturer.

C. Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations unless more stringent requirements are indicated.

D. Apply dampproofing to footings and foundation walls where opposite side of wall faces building interior.

1. Apply from finished-grade line to top of footing, extend over top of footing, and down a minimum of 6 inches over outside face of footing.

E. Cold-Applied Emulsified-Asphalt Dampproofing:

1. On concrete foundation walls, apply two brush or spray coats, one fibered brush or spray coat, or one trowel coat.

F. Where indicated, install protection course over completed-and-cured dampproofing.

END OF SECTION 071113 GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS

SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017 This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING 071113 - 1

Page 90: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 073113 - ASPHALT SHINGLES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Submittals: Product Data and Samples.

B. Warranties: Provide standard manufacturer's written warranty, signed by manufacturer agreeing to promptly repair or replace asphalt shingles that fail in materials or workmanship within 25 years from date of Substantial Completion, prorated, with first three years nonprorated.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ASPHALT SHINGLES

A. Fire-Resistance Characteristics: ASTM E 108 or UL 790, Class C. Identify products with appropriate markings of testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Fiberglass Shingles: ASTM D 3462.

1. Laminated-Strip Asphalt Shingles: Laminated, multi-ply overlay construction, mineral-granule surfaced, and self-sealing. Straight cut butt edge.

2.2 ACCESSORIES

A. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment: ASTM D 1970, SBS-modified asphalt; mineral-granule or slip-resisting-polyethylene surfaced; with release paper backing; cold applied.

B. Ridge Vent: Rigid UV-stabilized plastic ridge vent; for use under ridge shingles or compression-resisting, three-dimensional, open-nylon or polyester-mat filter.

C. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, Type II, asbestos free.

D. Roofing Nails: Aluminum, stainless-steel, or hot-dip galvanized-steel shingle nails, minimum 0.120-inch diameter, of sufficient length to penetrate 3/4 inch into solid wood decking or extend at least 1/8 inch through OSB or plywood sheathing.

E. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Comply with requirements in Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim."

F. Sheet Metal:

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society ASPHALT SHINGLES 073113 - 1

Page 91: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

1. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual."

2. Drip Edge: Formed sheet metal with at least a 2-inch roof deck flange and a 1-1/2-inch fascia flange with a 3/8-inch drip at lower edge.

3. Open-Valley Flashing: Fabricate with 1-inch- high, inverted-V profile at center of valley and equal flange widths of 12 inches.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Comply with recommendations in ARMA's "Residential Asphalt Roofing Manual" and with asphalt shingle recommendations in NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual."

B. Apply self-adhering sheet underlayment on the entire roof.

C. Install valleys complying with NRCA instructions. Construct woven valleys.

D. Install metal flashings to comply with requirements in Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" and according to recommendations in ARMA's "Residential Asphalt Roofing Manual" and asphalt shingle recommendations in NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual."

E. Install first and remaining courses of asphalt shingles stair-stepping diagonally across roof deck with manufacturer's recommended offset pattern at succeeding courses, maintaining uniform exposure.

F. Install first and remaining courses of asphalt shingles stair-stepping diagonally across roof deck with manufacturer's recommended offset pattern at succeeding courses, maintaining uniform exposure.

END OF SECTION 073113

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society ASPHALT SHINGLES 073113 - 2

Page 92: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 073113 - ASPHALT SHINGLE SIDING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Submittals: Product Data and Samples.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ASPHALT SHINGLES

A. Fire-Resistance Characteristics: ASTM E 108 or UL 790, Class C. Identify products with appropriate markings of testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Existing Wall Shingles: Existing shingles that are suitable for reuse are shingles that have no visible cracks, splits of broken corners. For the purposes of bidding, assume that 50% of the shingles will require replacement.

C. Fiberglass Shingles: ASTM D 3462.

1. Laminated-Strip Asphalt Shingles: Laminated, multi-ply overlay construction, mineral-granule surfaced, and self-sealing. Straight cut butt edge.

2.2 ACCESSORIES

A. Felts: ASTM D 226, Type II, asphalt-saturated organic felts.

B. Asphalt Cement: ASTM D 4586, Type II, asbestos free.

C. Siding Nails: Aluminum, stainless-steel, or hot-dip galvanized-steel shingle nails, minimum 0.120-inch diameter, of sufficient length to penetrate 3/4 inch into solid wood decking or extend at least 1/8 inch through OSB or plywood sheathing.

D. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Comply with requirements in Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim."

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society ASPHALT WALL SHINGLES 073114 - 1

Page 93: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Remove existing shingles and salvage those that meet the criteria above.

B. Install felt underlayment on wall sheathing.

C. Install salvaged shingles first on the west elevation and then on the south elevation if adequate salvage material remains. Coordinate with the Architect for location to stop reusing the existing shingles and start using new shingles.

D. Cut new shingles before installation so that the vertical exposure is 2 2/3” vertically, or matches the spacing of the existing shingles, and the overlap of shingles does not exceed two layers.

E. Install first and remaining courses of asphalt shingles so that the pattern resembles a brick running pattern.

END OF SECTION 073114

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society ASPHALT WALL SHINGLES 073114 - 2

Page 94: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 076200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Submittals: Product Data and Samples.

B. Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Conform to dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated.

C. Coordinate installation of sheet metal flashing and trim with interfacing and adjoining construction to provide a leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SHEET METAL

A. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Paint grade Galvannealed or Bonderized G90 steel structural-steel sheet, ASTM A 653/A 653M, Class AZ50 coating designation, Grade 40; 0.028-inch nominal thickness.

2.2 ACCESSORIES

A. Felt Underlayment: ASTM D 226, Type II (No. 30), asphalt-saturated organic felts.

B. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment, High Temperature: Butyl or SBS-modified asphalt; slip-resisting-polyethylene surfaced; with release paper backing; cold applied. Stable after testing at 240 deg F and passes after testing at minus 20 deg F; ASTM D 1970.

C. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular-threaded nails, self-tapping screws, self-locking rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners.

D. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187.

2.3 FABRICATION

A. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to the design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of the item indicated.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 1

Page 95: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

B. Expansion Provisions: Where lapped expansion provisions cannot be used, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with butyl sealant concealed within joints.

C. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of installation to tolerances specified in MCA's "Guide Specification for Residential Metal Roofing."

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Allow for thermal expansion; set true to line and level. Install Work with laps, joints, and seams permanently watertight and weatherproof; conceal fasteners where possible.

B. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion, but movable, joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA standards.

C. Separate dissimilar metals with a bituminous coating or polymer-modified, bituminous sheet underlayment.

END OF SECTION 076200

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 2

Page 96: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 079200 - JOINT SEALANTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Submittals: Product Data and color Samples.

B. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint-sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 JOINT SEALANTS

A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under service and application conditions.

B. Single-component, nonsag urethane sealant, ASTM C 920, Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; and for Use NT.

C. Sealant for Use in Interior Joints in Ceramic Tile and Other Hard Surfaces in Kitchens and Toilet Rooms and Around Plumbing Fixtures:

1. Single-component, mildew-resistant silicone sealant, ASTM C 920, Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; for Use NT; formulated with fungicide.

D. Sealant for Use at Perimeters of Door and Window Frames, and Other Miscellaneous Joints:

1. Acrylic latex or siliconized acrylic latex, ASTM C 834, Type OP, Grade NF.

2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Provide sealant backings of material that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing.

B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 1

Page 97: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable.

D. Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Comply with ASTM C 1193.

B. Install sealant backings to support sealants during application and to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants that allow optimum sealant movement capability.

C. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints.

END OF SECTION 079200

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 2

Page 98: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 081433 - STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SUBMITTALS:

A. In addition to Product Data, submit the following:

1. Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; construction de-tails for stiles, rails, panels, and moldings; mortises, holes, and cutouts; and other pertinent data.

2. Samples of actual materials in small sections for each face material and finish.

3. AWI Quality Standard: AWI's "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" for grade of door, core, construction, finish, and other requirements.

4. Safety Glass: Provide products complying with ANSI Z97.1 and testing requirements of 16 CFR, Part 1201, for Category II materials, unless those of Category I are expressly indicated and per-mitted.

PART II - PRODUCTS

A. Stile and Rail Doors of Stock Design and Construction: Assemble with wet-use adhesives and comply with the following:

1. NWWDA Grade for Opaque Finish: Premium or Select.

2. Wood Species for Opaque Finish: Match the species of the existing doors.

3. Glass for Openings: Uncoated, clear, fully tempered float glass, 5.0 mm thick.

4. Design and Layout: Raised panel design as follows:

a. Design Group: Entrance Doors.

b. Panel Design: As indicated on the drawings. 5. Fabricate stile and rail wood doors in sizes indicated for Project site fitting. 6. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. 7. Glazed Openings: Trim openings indicated for glazing with solid wood moldings of profile indi-

cated, with one side removable.

B. Exterior Doors: Factory treat exterior doors after fabrication with water repellent to comply with NWWDA I.S.4. Flash top of out swinging doors with manufacturer's standard metal flashing.

C. Shop seal faces and edges of doors for transparent finish with stain (if required), other required pre-

treatments, and first coat of finish as specified in Division 9 Section "Painting." PART III - EXECUTION

A. Install wood doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, referenced quality standard,

and as indicated.

B. Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated below. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS

SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017 This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

STILE AND RAIL DOORS 081433 -1

Page 99: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

END OF SECTION 081433

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society STILE AND RAIL DOORS 081433 -2

Page 100: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society WOOD WINDOWS AND WINDOWS AND DOOR RESTORATION 085300 -1

SECTION 085300 - WOOD WINDOWS, AND WINDOW AND DOOR RESTORATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 WORK INCLUDED

A. Furnish materials and labor to complete the following repairs on the windows and doors: 1. Restore/repair existing original windows, and exterior doors as indicated on drawings. 2. To remove existing, extraneous assemblies used in prior repair attempts. 3. To restore the wood primary windows, doors and frames. 4. To repair components where required. 5. To duplicate original details in any replacement material. 6. To reduce air infiltration for operating sash and doors by the addition of weatherstripping. 7. To prevent air infiltration for fixed sash by the application of sealants. 8. To insure that all operating windows and doors are well fitting and easy to operate. 9. To retain and clean existing hardware, to place new hardware with historically accurate

hardware where required. 10. To refinish all woodwork associated with the windows and doors by painting the exterior

and finishing the interior. 11. Reconstruction of the historic wood windows that are missing. 12. Fabrication of removable interior storm windows.

B. All work in this area shall be executed in accordance with the Secretary of the Interior’s Standards for Rehabilitation and the U.S. Department of the Interior, National Park Service, Preservation Assistance, Technical Services, Preservation Brief: 9, The Repair of Historic Wood Windows.

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Window and door restorer, manufacturer and Installer shall have minimum five (5) years of successful experience with projects of similar size and complexity. Contractor to submit qualifications of subcontractor for approval prior to beginning work.

B. Window and door restorer, manufacturer and Installer shall be continuously employed in work of this type.

1.3 SAMPLES AND SUBMITTALS

A. Contractor shall submit samples of all new components, hardware and removable storm windows to Architect and Owner in order to verify match with existing components prior to milling or ordering.

Page 101: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society WOOD WINDOWS AND WINDOWS AND DOOR RESTORATION 085300 -2

B. Contractor shall prepare a mock up of a new reconstructed window, a restored window, restored doors and removable storm windows to be chosen with the approval of the Architect and Owner that will become part of the finished work in order to verify repair and finishing methods.

C. Shop Drawings for new windows: 1. Prepare Shop Drawings for review. Indicate proposed joinery, profiles and general

assembly techniques. Joinery is to match original unless directed otherwise by Architect. Include glass manufacturer’s calculations, thickness and type of glass. Sections though profiles to be drawn full scale.

2. Contractor is responsible for site verifying the size of each window. 3. Do not begin fabrication until final review is completed. 4. Contractor shall record all work performed for each window and submit to Architect prior

to end of job.

1.4 ATTENTION POINTS

A. Without removal of glass and providing a proper back-bead of Dry Seal material, the result of Advanced Repair Technology method PG 1 will never be satisfactory.

B. The final result and the long-term durability of this Advanced Repair Technology will also be influenced by the condition of: 1. The substrate 2. The joints 3. The paint system interior and exterior 4. The glazing system indoors.

C. Issues that have additional influence: 1. The outline tolerance of moving parts. 2. The sealing of bare sides and end-grain. 3. The construction -- details -- moisture ingress. 4. Ventilation -- moisture indoors -- condensation.

D. It is necessary to incorporate the attention points in all maintenance plans. When applying Dry Seal, the use of water and/or soap is not allowed.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 WINDOW TYPES AND PRODUCTS

A. Exterior: Windows to be restored shall match existing windows in type and construction. Windows shall be restored using Advanced Repair Technology, Primatrate Flexible Cell-

Page 102: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society WOOD WINDOWS AND WINDOWS AND DOOR RESTORATION 085300 -3

Bonding Primer, and Flex-Tec HV Elastomeric Repair Compound. Substitutions allowed after review and approval of Architect. Advanced Repair Technology, P. O. Box 510, Cherry Valley, New York 13320, Telephone (607) 264-9040. All new windows will match the existing windows in type and construction.

B. All existing windows removed during demolition shall remain the property of the Owner unless otherwise noted. Existing windows to be appropriately stored and protected on site.

C. Weather Stripping: Provide the following products as recommended by manufacturer for designated application. 1. Material: Copper or other material deemed appropriate for window type, operation and

best approach.

D. Window Putty: Provide products as recommended by the manufacturer for the designated application.

E. Linseed Oil: Provide products as recommended by the manufacturer for the designated application. 1. Double boiled type.

F. Turpentine:

G. Replacement Woods: a. General:

1) Orientation of grain and all replacement wood to match original material. 2) Use edge grain only to weather.

b. Interior:

1) Kiln dried clear to match the historic material.

c. Exterior:

1) Kiln dried clear Douglas Fir. 2) Clear of knots, imperfections fungal decay or insect infestation.

H. Replacement Glass: Replace only glass that is damaged. Replacement glass shall match the existing glass in thickness and dimension. Replacement glass shall be tempered if required by current codes.

I. Hardware 1. General: Provide the following products as recommended by the manufacturer for the

designated application.

Page 103: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society WOOD WINDOWS AND WINDOWS AND DOOR RESTORATION 085300 -4

a. Van Dyke’s Restorers – Sash lock – CK 201057, antique brass b. Van Dyke’s Restorers – Sash lift – CK 200196, antique brass c. Van Dyke’s Restorers – Screen hanger hardware – CK 02009109 d. Screws: Brass wood Screws (slot heads) to be used wherever originals are missing.

J. Fasteners: Provide products as recommended by the manufacturer for the designated application. 1. Exterior Nails: galvanized finishing nails. 2. Glazing points: Non-corroding.

K. Removable Interior Storm Windows: Provide windows as manufactured by the following:

1. Indow Window; Local representative:

Solargreen Greater Denver Area and Northern Colorado 80 Inverness Drive East Englewood, CO 80112 Phone: (303) 295-7652

L. FABRICATION

1. Fabricate all new windows in accordance with ANSI / NWWDA.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Physical Evaluation 1. Inspect and document the windows and doors through a graphic and photographic system

to record results. Record the following items for each item: a. Window/door location. b. Condition of paint. c. Condition of the frame and sill. d. Condition of the window sash or door (rails, stiles and muntins). e. Glazing problems. f. Hardware. g. Overall condition of the window and door(excellent, fair, poor, and so forth). h. Establish scope of work for each window and door based on the following

specifications.

2. Present findings to the Architect for review.

3.2 PREPARATION

Page 104: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society WOOD WINDOWS AND WINDOWS AND DOOR RESTORATION 085300 -5

A. Construct and install windows and associated framing in accordance with ANSI / NWWDA requirements.

B. Repair and restore windows, doors and associated framing in accordance with ANSI / NWWDA requirements.

C. Coordinate installation of glass and glazing.

D. Align assembly plumb and lever, free of warp or twist. Maintain assembly dimensional tolerances, aligning with adjacent work. Coordinate attachment and seal of air and vapor barrier materials.

3.3 EXECUTION (GENERAL)

A. Dismantling 1. All required dismantling, such as removal of sash, parting strips, etc., shall be done with

extreme care, taking appropriate precautions not to damage adjacent material or window or door components themselves. Assume replacement of parting strips except for piece at head; when removing parting strips break paint film first to avoid damaging components.

2. Take care with tools to avoid marring, crushing or splitting components. If necessary, nails which have to be removed should be snapped off or cut off on the back of the component rather than driven back through the face.

3. All components, including hardware, which are being dismantled shall be labeled and retained for the duration of the job.

4. All disassembled components shall be labeled using the pre-assigned window inventory number and other information required.

5. Labels shall consist of gasket paper, marked with waterproof marker, stapled to the component on a hidden surface in a secure manner. Labels shall be applied immediately upon removal of the component.

6. Contractor shall store the components in such a way that they are protected from the weather and are accessible for easy reference throughout the job. Objects shall be stored together in logical groups to prevent any object from being misplaced or lost.

7. Sash and other components shall be appropriately stacked, padded and supported to prevent deterioration, warping, abrasion or other forms of damage.

8. Items such as hardware shall be stored and labeled in re-sealable plastic bags. 9. Disassembled items removed from site, such as sash, shall be marked "Property of Parker

Consolidated School” on a hidden surface.

B. Reglazing: Label and remove all existing glazing from window sash and door. All existing glazing, unless broken, shall be retained and reinstalled into restored sash. 1. Carefully remove all existing glazing compound from sash rebates; where deteriorated

this can easily be done by chisel, otherwise soften with paint stripper or beat. Some experimentation may be required, but exercise extreme care so as not to gouge woodwork.

Page 105: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society WOOD WINDOWS AND WINDOWS AND DOOR RESTORATION 085300 -6

2. Clean all old putty, dirt and paint from the glass and rebates in stiles and rails. Apply two liberal coats of boiled linseed oil, turpentine and spar varnish (mixed 1:1:1) to the rebates 24 hours apart.

3. Paint rebate and balance of sash with penetrating alkyd primer. 4. Apply back putty to rebate. Bed glass panel firmly into position in such a way that it is

evenly seated. 5. Apply non-corroding glazing points at 12” +/- o.c. and near corners. 6. Apply exterior bevel of putty, straight and neat and in such a way that it lines up with

inside face of stiles and rails. Remove excess putty and tool smooth.

C. "Dutchmen” 1. Material spliced-in as repair shall be same wood species with grain orientated to match

original. 2. Joints shall be tight so that after finishing they are visible only upon close inspection. 3. In exterior situations joints shall be weather tight; bevel joints so that they would drain to

the exterior should moisture penetrate. 4. Material spliced in shall be attached to the parent piece, not adjacent element. 5. Surface fasteners are not permitted; clamp until adhesive has set and protect from pressure

marks.

D. New Mouldings; Parting Strips, etc. 1. New and replacement material shall be same species as original. 2. Each new piece is to match exactly the size and profile of the item to be replaced. 3. Prepare sample of each item for review by Architect prior to milling the material. 4. Back prime all new material prior to installation. 5. Direction and orientation of the grain is to match existing. 6. Joints shall match existing and shall be tight so that after finishing they are only visible

from close inspection.

E. Caulking 1. Seal one window under direct review of the Architect prior to beginning the remainder of

the work. Provide Architect three days prior to undertaking undertaking work on the sample.

2. Prepare surface in accordance with manufacturers' printed instructions. Do not install when temperature falls below Manufacturers' recommended range.

3. Carefully clean joints and spaces to be sealed with non-metallic bristle brushes and damp lint free cloths and ensure that joints are free of dust, loose mortar and other foreign material. Do not damage adjacent historic fabric. Review methods with Architect prior to removing any material.

4. Install backer rods where indicated to achieve depth of joint equal to width. 5. Mask and otherwise protect adjacent historic fabric from coating or staining with sealant. 6. Apply sealant under pressure to assure good adhesion to sides of joints and to completely

fill all voids in joints.

Page 106: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society WOOD WINDOWS AND WINDOWS AND DOOR RESTORATION 085300 -7

7. Form surface of sealant smooth, concave, free from ridges, wrinkles, sags, air pockets and embedded foreign matter.

8. Upon completion remove masking and remove sealant smears or droppings.

F. Hardware 1. Remove all hardware to permit preparation of wood surfaces. 2. Remove paint using methylene chloride based stripper and polish lightly. Provide sample

for review by the Architect. 3. After painting of frame and sash reinstall hardware; lubricate and adjust for proper

operation.

G. Installation of Weather Stripping 1. Install weather stripping in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. 2. Install on clean, dry surfaces. and where indicated, seated in a bed of sealant. Install with

well seated nails (supplied by manufacturer) at each end and at 8" o.c. 3. All weather stripping shall be installed in one piece, i.e. one piece for jamb, one for head,

etc.

H. Reinstallation of Original Sash 1. At the time glass is removed from sash assume that all mortise and tenon joints in the

window require disassembly, tightening, wedging and pegging. 2. Plane sash as required to obtain proper fit and operation against weather stripping. 3. Reinstall interior stops using original screws in existing holes. 4. Sash shall be easy to operate.

I. As Built Records 1. Record all work (beyond that described in specifications) on a work sheet fur each

window and door, and deliver to the Architect at end project.

3.4 SITE CONDITIONS

A. REPAIR CLASS I: ROUTINE MAINTENANCE PLAN

NOTE: LEAD BASED PAINT MAY BE PRESENT. IT IS THE RESPONISIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO TAKE THE REQUIRED STEPS TO MAINTAIN JOB AND SITE SAFETY AND MEET ALL OSHA REQUIREMENTS. 1. Sand and scrape interior and exterior paint finishes where they exist. Remove interior

stained finishes as required on those elements that are currently stained.

Page 107: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society WOOD WINDOWS AND WINDOWS AND DOOR RESTORATION 085300 -8

a. All interior and exterior surfaces shall be scraped and sanded to sound substrate, which may or may not be bare wood. All window sills, where epoxy repairs are required, shall be stripped to bare wood.

b. Heat guns and careful scraping and sanding are the only permissible means of removing paint from window and door components.

c. Open flame devices for paint removal are not permitted because of the fire hazard they pose.

d. Use heat guns in such a way that wood is not scorched. e. Scraping and sanding shall be done carefully so as not to gouge otherwise alter the

profiles, of moldings. Orbital sanders are not permitted because of the tendency to tear across the grain.

f. Customize blades for scrapers to match the shape of the original profiles. g. Carefully sand to achieve smooth surface without altering profiles, feather edges,

remove all dust with vacuum, and wipe clean. h. Wipe all surfaces down with a weak solution of trisodiumphosphate (TSP); Isolate

building interior with the use of dust and fume proof plugs installed in the plane of the interior window stops. Fit with gaskets at perimeter to prevent migration of dust and fumes.

2. Removal and repair of sash and door (including re-glazing where necessary).

a. Replacing deteriorated glazing compound and applied exterior wood glazing per Advanced Technology Repair method PG 1. 1) Remove existing exterior glazing stop and compound. 2) Remove glass. 3) Remove all remaining compound from rabbet and glazing stops. 4) Check the wood near the rabbet for decay. If decay is present, follow

Advanced Repair Technology C1. 5) Check the wood moisture level and the hardness of the wood structure in and

around the seam with Advanced Repair Technology wood condition meter CS1. a) Green or yellow light: Continue with the repairs. b) Red light and/or sound signal: Let wood dry to 18% (yellow light).

6) The rabbet and all contact surfaces to be clean and free of old compound,

dirt, moisture, and loose fibers. 7) Apply a fast-drying Alkyd-based primer to rabbet and glazing stops. 8) The use of soap and water is not permitted with the use of the Dry Seal

System. 9) Apply a back-bead of Dry Seal compound to rabbet. Press glass firmly into

place avoiding inclusion of air pockets. Apply front-bead of Dry Seal compound to glass and rabbet.

10) Install new or salvaged wood glazing stops on top of un-cured glazing compound providing good contact to all surfaces of glass.

11) Fasten applied glazing stops with stainless steel fasteners. 12) Remove all excess compound with Dry Seal applicator knife.

Page 108: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society WOOD WINDOWS AND WINDOWS AND DOOR RESTORATION 085300 -9

13) After curing, remove excess Dry Seal with razor knife. 14) After 24-hour cure, apply specified primer and topcoats. 15) Attention Points

a) Without removal of glass and providing a proper back-bead of Dry

Seal material, the result of Advanced Repair Technology method PG 1 will never be satisfactory.

b) The final result and the long-term durability of this Advanced Repair Technology will also be influenced by the condition of: i) The substrate. ii) The joints. iii) The paint system interior and exterior. iv) The glazing system indoors.

c) Issues that have additional influence:

i) The outline tolerance of moving parts. ii) The sealing of bare sides and end-grain. iii) The construction -- details -- moisture ingress. iv) Ventilation -- moisture indoors -- condensation.

d) It is necessary to incorporate the attention points in all maintenance

plans. When applying Dry Seal, the use of water and/or soap is not allowed.

b. Replacing deteriorated glazing compound with the Advanced Technology Repair

Method PG 2 – Dry Seal System.

1) Remove existing exterior glazing stop and/or compound. 2) Remove glass. 3) Remove all remaining compound from rabbet. 4) Check the wood near the seam for decay. If decay is present, follow

Advanced Repair Technology C1. 5) Check the wood moisture level and the hardness of the wood structure in and

around the seam with Advanced Repair Technology wood condition meter CS1.

a) Green or yellow light: continue with the repairs. b) Red light and/or sound signal: let wood dry to 18% (yellow light).

6) All contact surfaces should be clean and free of old putty, dirt, moisture, and

loose fibers. 7) Clean the glass with a razor knife. 8) Pre-treat the rabbet with a fast-drying Alkyd-based primer. 9) Apply a back-bead of Dry Seal to rabbet. 10) Press glass firmly into place avoiding inclusion of air pockets. 11) Secure glass with glazing points.

Page 109: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society WOOD WINDOWS AND WINDOWS AND DOOR RESTORATION 085300 -10

12) Apply front bead of Dry Seal to glass and rabbet. 13) Smooth compound with applicator knife to an angle that sheds water and

finish corners to achieve a traditional appearance. 14) Remove all excess compound with applicator knife. 15) After curing, remove excess Dry Seal with razor knife. 16) After 24-hour cure, apply specified primer and top coats. 17) Attention Points

a) Without removal of glass and providing a proper back-bead of Dry

Seal material, the result of Advanced Repair Technology method PG 1 will never be satisfactory.

b) The final result and the long-term durability of this Advanced Repair Technology will also be influenced by the condition of:

i. The substrate. ii. The joints. iii. The paint system interior and exterior. iv. The glazing system indoors.

c) Issues that have additional influence:

i. The outline tolerance of moving parts. ii. The sealing of bare sides and end-grain. iii. The construction -- details -- moisture ingress. iv. Ventilation -- moisture indoors -- condensation.

d) It is necessary to incorporate the attention points in the maintenance

plans. When applying Dry Seal, the use of water and/or soap is not allowed.

c. Sealing of bare sides and end grain wood with the Advanced Repair Technology

Method P 4 – Dry Flex SK System.

1) Sand all surfaces that need treatment until bare wood. 2) Check the bare wood to see if all decayed wood has been removed. The

wood should be of even color without red-brown and/or gray spots and should not be soft and/or brittle. If one of the above conditions is found, remove the wood with the High Speed Die Grinder, Profi or Minify Grinding Unit round cutter d. 9.5 mm.

3) Check the wood moisture content level and the hardness of the wood structure in and around the joint with the Advanced Repair Technology wood condition meter CS1.

a) Green or yellow light: continue with the repairs. b) Red light and/or sound signal: let wood dry to 18% (yellow light). c) If the outer electrodes enter the wood easily and the inner electrode

touches the wood, the CS1 gives a sound signal. In that case, the wood is too wet, too soft or decayed. Let the wood dry and re-check

Page 110: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society WOOD WINDOWS AND WINDOWS AND DOOR RESTORATION 085300 -11

with the CS1. If the inner electrode touches the wood again, remove all damaged wood with the High Speed Die Grinder, Profi or Minify Grinding Unit round cutter until a hard wood structure is found.

4) Sand the bare wood, thoroughly remove all loose fibers, paint, saw dust, and

dirt. 5) Pre-treat the bare and sanded wood thoroughly with Primatrate Flexible Cell-

bonding Primer (red color). Let it penetrate at least 30 minutes and for a maximum of 2 hours. Check if the Primatrate Flexible Cell-bonding Primer has penetrated well (dull appearance). Excessive Primatrate Flexible Cell-bonding Primer (greasy spots) should be removed with absorbing paper.

6) Use a brush to apply a regular, thick layer of Dry Flex SK on the pre-treated wood.

7) After curing, sand lightly, remove dust and apply the specified paint system. 8) Attention Points:

a) The final result and the long-term durability of this Advanced Repair

Technology will also be influenced by the condition of:

i. The substrate. ii. The joints. iii. The paint system interior and exterior.

b) Issues that have additional influence:

i. The outline tolerance of moving parts. ii. Ventilation -- moisture indoors.

c) It is necessary to incorporate attention points in the maintenance plan.

3. Make all necessary repairs to the frames and hardware. 4. Install weatherstripping and reinstall the sash and hardware.

5. Repaint: Refer to 09900 - Painting specification.

B. REPAIR CLASS II: STABILIZATION PLAN 1. Check moisture content of the wood. 2. Dry the wood. 3. Treat the decayed areas.

4. Preservation and sealing of joints with the Advanced Repair Technology Method P 1 –

Flex – Tec HV Elastomeric Repair Compound.

Page 111: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society WOOD WINDOWS AND WINDOWS AND DOOR RESTORATION 085300 -12

a. Remove all paint near the joint by sanding until bare wood or by using a hot air gun. Avoid discoloring or burning.

b. Adjust the RPM setting of the High Speed Die Grinder, Profi or Minify Grinding Unit with the straight cutter d. 4 mm. Cut the joint open to a depth of 10 mm and a width of 4 mm. If soft, weathered wood is found (brittle wood, gray), it is necessary to remove this material with the High Speed Die Grinder, Profi or Minify Grinding Unit round cutter d. 9.5 mm. If decayed wood is present (different wood colors, soft, brittle and red-brown and/or gray stains), follow Advanced Repair Technology C1.

c. Check the wood moisture content level and the hardness of the wood structure in and around the joint with the Advanced Repair Technology wood condition meter CS1. 1) Green or yellow light: continue with the repairs. 2) Red light and/or sound signal: let wood dry to 18% (yellow light). 3) If the outer electrodes enter the wood easily and the inner electrode touches

the wood, the CS1 gives a sound signal. In that case, the wood is too wet, too soft or decayed. Let the wood dry and re-check with the CS1. If the inner electrode touches the wood again, remove all damaged wood with the High Speed Die Grinder, Profi or Minify Grinding Unit round cutter until a hard wood structure is found.

d. Sand the bare wood, thoroughly remove all loose fibers, paint, saw dust, and dirt. e. Pre-treat the bare and sanded wood thoroughly with Primatrate Flexible Cell-

bonding Primer (red color). Let it penetrate at least 30 minutes and for a maximum of 2 hours. Check if the Primatrate Flexible Cell-bonding Primer has penetrated well (dull appearance). Excessive Primatrate Flexible Cell-bonding Primer (greasy spots), should be removed with absorbing paper.

f. Use a small putty knife to apply Flex-Tec HV Elastomeric Repair Compound in the joint. Make optimal contact with the wood and avoid inclusion of air pockets.

g. Seal the joint full, even and smooth with Flex-Tec HV Elastomeric Repair Compound.

h. After curing, sand the repair even and smooth. Transitions and irregularities between wood and Flex-Tec HV Elastomeric Repair Compound should not be visible after sanding.

i. Remove sanding dust thoroughly. j. Smooth irregularities, if any with Dry Flex SR. k. Sand lightly, remove dust and apply the specified paint system. l. Attention Points:

1) The final result and the long-term durability of this Advanced Repair Technology will also be influenced by the condition of:

a) The substrate. b) The glazing system. c) The paint system interior and exterior.

2) Issues that have additional influence:

Page 112: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society WOOD WINDOWS AND WINDOWS AND DOOR RESTORATION 085300 -13

a) The outline tolerance of moving parts. b) The sealing of bare sides and exposed end-grain. c) Ventilation -- moisture indoors. d) It is necessary to incorporate attention points in the maintenance plan.

5. Repair of cracks or checks in wood with the Advanced Repair Technology Method P 2 –

Flex – Tec HV Elastomeric Repair Compound a. Remove all paint around the crack by sanding until bare wood or by using a hot air

gun. Avoid discoloring or burning. b. Cut the cracks to a depth of 10 mm with the High Speed Die Grinder, Profi or

Minify Grinding Unit round cutter d. 9.5 mm. If decayed wood is found follow Advanced Repair Technology C1.

c. Check the wood moisture content level and the hardness of the wood structure in and around the joint with the Advanced Repair Technology wood condition meter CS1. 1) Green or yellow light: continue with the repairs. 2) Red light and/or sound signal: let wood dry to 18% (yellow light). 3) If the outer electrodes enter the wood easily and the inner electrode touches

the wood, the CS1 gives a sound signal. In that case, the wood is too wet, too soft or decayed. Let the wood dry and re-check with the CS1. If the inner electrode touches the wood again, remove all damaged wood with the High Speed Die Grinder, Profi or Minify Grinding Unit round cutter until a hard wood structure is found.

d. Sand the bare wood, thoroughly remove all loose fibers, paint, saw dust, and dirt. e. Pre-treat the bare and sanded wood thoroughly with Primatrate Flexible Cell-

bonding Primer (red color). Let it penetrate at least 30 minutes and for a maximum of 2 hours. Check if the Primatrate Flexible Cell-bonding Primer has penetrated well (dull appearance). Excessive Primatrate Flexible Cell-bonding Primer (greasy spots) should be removed with absorbing paper.

f. Use a small putty knife to apply Flex-Tec HV Elastomeric Repair Compound in the crack. Make optimal contact with the wood and avoid inclusion of air pockets.

g. Seal the crack full, even and smooth with Flex-Tec HV Elastomeric Repair Compound.

h. After curing, sand the repair even and smooth. Transitions and irregularities between wood and Flex-Tec HV Elastomeric Repair Compound should not be visible after sanding.

i. Remove sanding dust thoroughly. j. Smooth irregularities, if any with Dry Flex SR. k. Sand lightly, remove dust and apply the specified paint system. l. Attention Points:

1) The final result and the long-term durability of this Advanced Repair

Technology will also be influenced by the condition of:

Page 113: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society WOOD WINDOWS AND WINDOWS AND DOOR RESTORATION 085300 -14

a) The substrate. b) The joints. c) The glazing system. d) The paint system interior and exterior.

2) Issues that have additional influence:

a) The outline tolerance of moving parts. b) The sealing of bare sides and exposed end-grain.

3) It is necessary to incorporate attention points in the maintenance plan.

6. Repair of natural defects – wood knots with Advanced Repair Technology Method P 3 – Flex-Tec HV Elastomeric Repair Compound a. Remove all paint near the joint by sanding until bare wood or by using a hot air

gun. Avoid discoloring or burning. b. Adjust the RPM setting of the High Speed Die Grinder, Profit or Minify Grinding

Unit with the straight cutter d. 4 mm. Cut the joint open to a depth of 10 mm and a width of 4 mm. If soft, weathered wood id found (brittle wood, gray), it is necessary to remove this material with the High Speed Die Grinder, Profi or Minify Grinding Unit round cutter d. 9.5 mm. If decayed wood is present (different wood colors, soft, brittle and red-brown and/or gray stains), follow Advanced Repair Technology C1.

c. Check the wood moisture content level and the hardness of the wood structure in and around the joint with the Advanced Repair Technology wood condition meter CS1. 1) Green or yellow light: continue with the repairs. 2) Red light and/or sound signal: let wood dry to 18% (yellow light). 3) If the outer electrodes enter the wood easily and the inner electrode touches

the wood, the CS1 gives a sound signal. In that case, the wood is too wet, too soft or decayed. Let the wood dry and re-check with the CS1. If the inner electrode touches the wood again, remove all damaged wood with the High Speed Die Grinder, Profi or Minify Grinding Unit round cutter until a hard wood structure is found.

d. Sand the bare wood, thoroughly remove all loose fibers, paint, saw dust, and dirt. e. Pre-treat the bare and sanded wood thoroughly with Primatrate Flexible Cell-

bonding Primer (red color). Let it penetrate at least 30 minutes and for a maximum of 2 hours. Check if the Primatrate Flexible Cell-bonding Primer has penetrated well (dull appearance). Excessive Primatrate Flexible Cell-bonding Primer (greasy spots), should be removed with absorbing paper.

f. Use a small putty knife to apply Flex-Tec HV Elastomeric Repair Compound in the joint. Make optimal contact with the wood and avoid inclusion of air pockets.

g. Seal the joint full, even and smooth with Flex-Tec HV Elastomeric Repair Compound.

h. After curing, sand the repair even and smooth. Transitions and irregularities between wood and Flex-Tec HV Elastomeric Repair Compound should not be visible after sanding.

Page 114: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society WOOD WINDOWS AND WINDOWS AND DOOR RESTORATION 085300 -15

i. Remove sanding dust thoroughly. j. Smooth irregularities, if any with Dry Flex SR. k. Sand lightly, remove dust and apply the specified paint system. l. Attention Points:

1) The final result and the long-term durability of this Advanced Repair

Technology will also be influenced by the condition of:

a) The substrate. b) The joints. c) The glazing system. d) The paint system interior and exterior.

2) Issues that have additional influence:

a) The outline tolerance of moving parts. b) The sealing of bare sides and exposed end-grain. c) The construction -- details -- moisture ingress.

3) It is necessary to incorporate attention points in the maintenance plan.

m. Complete Level I – Routine Maintenance Plan Items.

C. REPAIR CLASS III: SPLICES AND PARTS REPLACEMENT PLAN 1. Preservation and Repair of Decayed Wood with the Advanced Repair Technology

Method C-1 – Flex – Tec HV Elastomeric Repair Compound System

a. Remove all paint near the joint by sanding until bare wood or by using a hot air gun. Avoid discoloring or burning.

b. Adjust the RPM setting of the High Speed Die Grinder, Profi or Minify Grinding Unit with the round cutter d. 9.5 mm. Remove all decayed, too soft and discolored wood until the wood structure is sound. The minimum depth should be 5 mm as Flex-Tec HV Elastomeric Repair Compound needs enough mass and layer thickness for optimum performance.

c. Check if all decayed wood has been removed. The wood should be of even color without red-brown and/or gray spots and should not be soft and/or brittle. If one of the above conditions are found, remove the wood with the High Speed Die Grinder, Profi or Minify Grinding Unit with the round cutter d. 9.5 mm.

d. Check the wood moisture content level and the hardness of the wood structure in and around the joint with the Advanced Repair Technology wood condition meter CS1. 1) Green or yellow light: continue with the repairs. 2) Red light and/or sound signal: let wood dry to 18% (yellow light). 3) If the outer electrodes enter the wood easily and the inner electrode touches

the wood, the CS1 gives a sound signal. In that case, the wood is too wet,

Page 115: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society WOOD WINDOWS AND WINDOWS AND DOOR RESTORATION 085300 -16

too soft or decayed. Let the wood dry and re-check with the CS1. If the inner electrode touches the wood again, remove all damaged wood with the High Speed Die Grinder, Profi or Minify Grinding Unit round cutter until a hard wood structure is found.

e. Sand the bare wood. Thoroughly remove all loose fibers, paint, saw dust, and dirt. f. Pre-treat the bare and sanded wood thoroughly with Primatrate Flexible Cell-

bonding Primer (red color). Let it penetrate at least 30 minutes and for a maximum of 2 hours. Check if the Primatrate Flexible Cell-bonding Primer has penetrated well (dull appearance). Excessive Primatrate Flexible Cell-bonding Primer (greasy spots), should be removed with absorbing paper.

g. First, apply a thin layer of Flex-Tec HV Elastomeric Repair Compound on the pre-treated wood to insure an optimal adhesion to the wood. For larger or profiled repairs, acrylic strips matching the shape of the wood can be placed on the wood. Care should be taken to minimize the inclusion of air.

h. Fill the repair completely and make it even and smooth. i. After curing, remove the acrylic strips and sand the repair even and smooth.

Transitions and irregularities between wood and Flex-Tec HV Elastomeric Repair Compound should not be visible after sanding.

j. Smooth irregularities, if any with Dry Flex SR. k. Attention Points:

1) The final result and the long-term durability of this Advanced Repair Technology will also be influenced by the condition of:

a) The substrate. b) The glazing system. c) The joints. d) The paint system interior and exterior.

2) Issues that have additional influence:

a) The outline tolerance of moving parts. b) The sealing of bare sides and exposed end-grain. c) Ventilation -- moisture indoors.

3) It is necessary to incorporate attention points in the maintenance plan.

2. Preservation and repair of decayed wood by splicing/Dutchman repair using the Advanced Repair Technology Method - C-2 – Flex – Tec HV Elastomeric Repair Compound System.

a. Use a saw to remove the decayed material. b. Remove any remaining wood with a chisel. Surfaces then need to be cut with the

High Speed Die Grinder, Profi or Minify Grinding Unit with the round cutter d. 9.5 mm.

c. Check if all decayed wood has been removed. The wood should be of even color without red-brown and/or gray spots and should not be soft and/or brittle. If one of

Page 116: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society WOOD WINDOWS AND WINDOWS AND DOOR RESTORATION 085300 -17

the above conditions are found, remove the wood with the High Speed Die Grinder, Profi or Minify Grinding Unit with the round cutter d. 9.5 mm.

d. Cut the new piece of wood to size. The seam between existing wood and new wood should be at least 4 mm. It is preferable to use the same type of wood as in the existing construction. Pre-treat the wooded insert, except the contact surfaces of Primatrate Flexible Cell-bonding Primer and Flex-Tec HV Elastomeric Repair Compound, with a fast-drying primer.

e. Check the wood moisture content level and the hardness of the wood structure in and around the joint with the Advanced Repair Technology wood condition meter CS1. 1) Green or yellow light: continue with the repairs. 2) Red light and/or sound signal: let wood dry to 18% (yellow light). 3) If the outer electrodes enter the wood easily and the inner electrode touches

the wood, the CS1 gives a sound signal. In that case, the wood is too wet, too soft or decayed. Let the wood dry and re-check with the CS1. If the inner electrode touches the wood again, remove all damaged wood with the High Speed Die Grinder, Profi or Minify Grinding Unit round cutter until a hard wood structure is found.

f. Sand the bare wood and thoroughly remove all loose wood fibers, paint, saw dust,

and dirt. g. Pre-treat the bare and sanded wood thoroughly with Primatrate Flexible Cell-

bonding Primer (red color). Let it penetrate at least 30 minutes and for a maximum of 2 hours. Check if the Primatrate Flexible Cell-bonding Primer has penetrated well (dull appearance). Excessive Primatrate Flexible Cell-bonding Primer (greasy spots) should be removed with absorbing paper.

h. First, apply a thin layer of Flex-Tec HV Elastomeric Repair Compound on the pre-treated existing wood and wooden insert to insure an optimal adhesion to the wood. Avoid inclusion of air when placing a new wooden piece. The width of the seam filled with Flex-Tec HV Elastomeric Repair Compound should be at least 4 mm.

i. Use a small strip and/or nail to prevent de-location. It is also possible to place an acrylic strip on the existing wood extending to the new part to prevent de-location. Fill the seam even and smooth with Flex-Tec HV Elastomeric Repair Compound.

j. After curing, remove the acrylic strips and sand the repair even and smooth. Transitions and irregularities between wood and Flex-Tec HV Elastomeric Repair Compound should not be visible after sanding.

k. Remove sanding dust thoroughly. l. Smooth irregularities, if any with Dry Flex SR. m. Sand lightly, remove dust and apply the specified paint system. n. Attention Points:

1) The final result and the long-term durability of this Advanced Repair Technology will also be influenced by the condition of: a) The substrate. b) The joints. c) The paint system interior and exterior. d) The glazing system indoors.

Page 117: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society WOOD WINDOWS AND WINDOWS AND DOOR RESTORATION 085300 -18

2) Issues that have additional influence:

a) The outline tolerance of moving parts. b) The sealing of bare sides and exposed end-grain. c) The construction -- details -- moisture ingress. d) Ventilation -- moisture indoors -- condensation.

3) It is necessary to incorporate attention points in the maintenance plan.

3. Preservation and repair of decayed wood by splicing/Dutchman repair using the Advanced Repair Technology Method C-3 – Dry Flex SR System.

a. Use a saw to remove the decayed material. b. Remove any remaining wood with a chisel. Surfaces then need to be cut with the

High Speed Die Grinder, Profi or Minify Grinding Unit with the round cutter d. 9.5 mm.

c. Check if all decayed wood has been removed. The wood should be of even color without red-brown and/or gray spots and should not be soft and/or brittle. If one of the above conditions are found, remove the wood with the High Speed Die Grinder, Profi or Minify Grinding Unit with the round cutter d. 9.5 mm.

d. Cut the new piece of wood to size. The seam between existing wood and new wood should be at least 4 mm. It is preferable to use the same type of wood as in the existing construction. Pre-treat the wooded insert, except the contact surfaces of Dry Fix SR and Dry Flex SR with a fast-drying primer.

e. Check the wood moisture content level and the hardness of the wood structure in and around the joint with the Advanced Repair Technology wood condition meter CS1. 1) Green or yellow light: continue with the repairs. 2) Red light and/or sound signal: let wood dry to 18% (yellow light). 3) If the outer electrodes enter the wood easily and the inner electrode touches

the wood, the CS1 gives a sound signal. In that case, the wood is too wet, too soft or decayed. Let the wood dry and re-check with the CS1. If the inner electrode touches the wood again, remove all damaged wood with the High Speed Die Grinder, Profi or Minify Grinding Unit round cutter until a hard wood structure is found.

f. Sand the bare wood and thoroughly remove all loose wood fibers, paint, saw dust,

and dirt. g. Pre-treat the bare and sanded wood thoroughly with Dry Fix SR (blue color). Let it

penetrate at least 5 minutes and for a maximum of 20 minute. Check if the Dry Fix SR has penetrated well (dull appearance). Excessive Dry Fix SR (greasy spots) should be removed with absorbing paper.

h. First, apply a thin layer of Dry Flex SR on the pre-treated existing wood and wooden insert to insure an optimal adhesion to the wood. Avoid inclusion of air when placing a new wooden piece. The width of the seam filled with Dry Flex SR should be at least 4 mm.

Page 118: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society WOOD WINDOWS AND WINDOWS AND DOOR RESTORATION 085300 -19

i. Use a small strip and/or nail to prevent de-location. It is also possible to place an acrylic strip on the existing wood extending to the new part to prevent de-location. Fill the seam even and smooth with Dry Flex SR.

j. After curing, remove the acrylic strips and sand the repair even and smooth. Transitions and irregularities between wood and Dry Flex SR should not be visible after sanding.

k. Remove sanding dust thoroughly, smooth irregularities, if any with Dry Flex SR. l. Sand lightly, remove dust and apply the specified paint system. m. Attention Points:

1) The final result and the long-term durability of this Advanced Repair Technology will also be influenced by the condition of:

a) The substrate. b) The joints. c) The glazing system. d) The paint system interior and exterior.

2) Issues that have additional influence:

a) The outline tolerance of moving parts. b) The sealing of bare sides and exposed end-grain. c) The construction -- details -- moisture ingress. d) Ventilation -- moisture indoors -- condensation.

3) It is necessary to incorporate attention points in the maintenance plan.

n. Complete tasks in Repair Class II: Stabilization Plan and Complete Repair Class I: Routine Maintenance Plan Items.

END OF SECTION 085300

Page 119: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society DOOR HARDWARE

087100 -1

SECTION 087100 - DOOR HARDWARE PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Historical and commercial door hardware for the following:

a. Swinging doors.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Include installation details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual com-ponents and profiles, and finishes.

1. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of

units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for each type of door hardware indicated.

2. Samples: For exposed door hardware of each type indicated below, in specified finish, full

size. Tag with full description for coordination with the Door Hardware Schedule. Submit samples before, or concurrent with, submission of the final Door Hardware Schedule.

3. Samples will be returned to Contractor. Units that are acceptable and remain undamaged through submittal, review, and field comparison process may, af-ter final check of operation, be incorporated into the Work, within limitations of keying requirements.

4. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing fabrica-

tion and assembly of door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. Coordinate the fi-nal Door Hardware Schedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed door hardware similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in con-struction with a record of successful in-service performance.

B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type and variety of door hardware from a single manufacturer,

unless otherwise indicated. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Page 120: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society DOOR HARDWARE

087100 -2

A. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock-up for door hardware delivered to Project site.

B. Tag each item or package separately with identification related to the final Door Hardware

Schedule, and include basic installation instructions with each item or package. 1.5 MAINTENANCE SERVICE

A. Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replace-ment of door hardware.

PART II - PRODUCTS 2.0 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE

A. General: Provide door hardware for each door to comply with requirements in this Section, and the Door Hardware Schedule on the drawings.

B. Door Hardware Sets: Requirements for quantity, item, design, grade, function, finish, size, and other distinctive qualities of each type of door hardware are indi-cated in the Door Hardware Schedule at the end of Part 3. Products are identified by descriptive titles corresponding to requirements specified in Part 2.

2.1 HINGES

A. Standards: Comply with the following:

1. Butts and Hinges:

a. Exterior - House of Antique Hardware - R-04EM-96414-PVD b. Interior - House of Antique Hardware - R-04EM-96413-Oil Rubbed Bronze

2. Fasteners: Comply with the following:

a. Wood Screws: For wood doors and frames.

1. Screws: Phillips flat-head screws; wood screws for wood doors and frames. Finish screw heads to match surface of hinges.

2.2 LOCKS, LATCHES AND STRIKES

A. Mortise Locks:

Page 121: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society DOOR HARDWARE

087100 -3

1. Exterior - House of Antique Hardware - RS-01NW-703658 - PVD

2. Interior - House of Antique Hardware – RS-01NW-717034 – Oil rubbed bronze 2.3 CYLINDERS AND KEYING

A. Standards: As directed by the Owner. 2.4 DOOR GASKETING

A. Spring-Metal Perimeter Gasketing: Metal gasket material fastened to frame rabbet with nails or screws.

1. Gasket Material: Minimum 0.008-inch- thick brass or bronze.

B. Door Sweep: Gasket material held in place by metal housing; mounted to bottom edge of door with screws.

1. Gasket Material: Vinyl or neoprene.

a. Housing Material: Bronze. b. Mounting: Surface mounted on bottom edge of door.

2.5 THRESHOLD

A. Red oak, ½” x 4” x width of door. 2.6 FABRICATION

A. Manufacturer's Nameplate: Do not provide manufacturers' products that have manufacturer's

name or trade name displayed in a visible location (omit removable nameplates) except in con-junction with required fire-rated labels and as otherwise approved by Architect.

A. Base Metals: Produce door hardware units of base metal, fabricated by forming method indicat-

ed, using manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper, and hardness. Furnish metals of a quality equal to or greater than that of specified door hardware units and BHMA A156.18 for finishes. Do not furnish manufacturer's standard materials or forming methods if different from specified standard.

B. Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates generally

prepared for machine, wood, and sheet metal screws. Provide screws according to commercially recognized industry standards for application intended. Provide Phillips flat-head screws with finished heads to match surface of door hardware, unless otherwise indicated.

2.7 FINISHES

A. Provide finishes that match the existing historical finishes.

Page 122: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society DOOR HARDWARE

087100 -4

PART III - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine doors and frames, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installa-tion tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance of door hardware.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Wood Doors: Comply with DHI A115-W series. 3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights indicated in following applicable pub-

lications, unless specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations:

B. Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3, "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hard-ware for Wood Flush Doors."

C. Install each door hardware item to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Where cut-

ting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of surface pro-tective trim units with finishing work specified in Division 9 Sections. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved.

3.4 ADJUSTING

A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to en-sure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and venti-lating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements.

3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation.

B. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish.

C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure door hardware is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

3.6 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE Hardware Group #1: 1 Exterior Lockset

Page 123: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society DOOR HARDWARE

087100 -5

1 ½ pr Hinges 1 set weatherstripping

1 wood threshold 1 door bottom

Hardware Group #2: 1 Interior Lockset 1 pr Hinges 1 set weatherstripping 1 wood threshold 1 door bottom Remove, clean, restore replace missing or broken parts and reinstall balance of existing hardware on ex-isting doors.

END OF SECTION 087100

Page 124: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 092400 - PLASTERING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Submittals: Product Data and finish Samples.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 LATH

A. Lath: Field verify and match existing.

B. Bonding Compound: ASTM C 631.

C. Fasteners for Attaching Lath to Substrates: Complying with ASTM C 841.

2.2 PLASTER

A. Base-Coat Plasters: ASTM C 28/C 28M.

1. Matching existing composition.

B. Finish-Coat Plasters: ASTM C 28/C 28M.

1. Matching existing composition.

C. Plaster Mixes: Comply with ASTM C 842 and manufacturer's written instructions for applications indicated.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install lath and accessories according to ASTM C 841.

1. Partition Framing and Vertical Furring: Install lath to match existing. 2. Flat-Ceiling and Horizontal Framing: Install lath to match existing. 3. On Solid Surfaces, Not Otherwise Furred: Install lath to match existing.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society PLASTERING 092400 - 1

Page 125: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

B. Apply and cure plaster materials and finishes to comply with ASTM C 842. Apply three coats. Apply finish coat to match existing.

END OF SECTION 092400

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society PLASTERING 092400 - 2

Page 126: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 093013 - TILING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Submittals: Product Data and Samples.

B. Obtain tile of each type and color or finish from same production run for each contiguous area

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CERAMIC TILE

A. Ceramic tile that complies with Standard grade requirements in ANSI A137.1, "Specifications for Ceramic Tile."

B. Floor Tile:

1. Pattern, Size and Color: Daltile 6501 matt white with 21 black gloss dot. 2. Grout Color: As selected by the Architect from manufacturer’s standard colors.

C. Wall Tile:

1. Daltile Rittenhouse Square 3”x6” 0190 Artic White – brick pattern, with black cove base and black wainscot bullnose.

2. Grout Color: As selected by the Architect from manufacturer’s standard colors.

2.2 INSTALLATION MATERIALS

A. Waterproofing Membranes for Thin-Set Installations: ANSI A118.10.

B. Setting and Grouting Materials: Comply with material standards in ANSI's "Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to materials and methods indicated.

1. Thin-Set Mortar Type: Latex-portland cement.

2. Grout Type: Polymer modified.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society TILING 093013 - 1

Page 127: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Comply with TCA's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation" for TCA installation methods specified in tile installation schedules. Comply with parts of ANSI A108 Series "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that are referenced in TCA installation methods, specified in tile installation schedules, and apply to types of setting and grouting materials used.

B. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile.

C. Lay tile in grid pattern unless otherwise indicated. Align joints where adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, and trim are the same size.

END OF SECTION 093013

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society TILING 093013 - 2

Page 128: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 096400 - HARDWOOD FLOORING REPAIRS AND REFINISHING PART I - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes installation, repairs, surface preparation and re-finishing of the hardwood flooring.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each paint system specified. Include fillers.

1. Material List: Provide an inclusive list of required coating materials. Indi-cate each material and cross-reference specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each material by manufacturer's catalog number and general classification.

2. Manufacturer's Information: Provide manufacturer's technical information, including label analysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each coating material proposed for use.

3. Samples for Initial Selection: 12” lengths of flooring boards used in repairs and base shoe molding to be replaced. Samples shall be both un-finished and finished.

4. Mock-Up: Contractor shall complete the work described in this section in two (2) locations identified beforehand by the Architect. Acceptance of the completed sample by the Architect shall be necessary before additional surface preparation work proceeds.

5. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified.

1.3. QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Applicator Qualifications: Engage an experienced applicator who has completed hardwood re-pairs and refinishing similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project with a record of successful in-service performance of five years minimum experience.

B. Source Limitations: Obtain fillers, and materials for each coating system from the same manu-

facturer as the finish coats. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver materials to the Project Site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label.

B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum

ambient temperature of 45 deg F. Maintain containers used in storage in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society HARDWOOD FLOORING REPAIRS AND REFINISHING 096400 - 1

Page 129: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surround-ing air temperatures are between 45 and 95 deg F.

PART II - PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD MATERIALS, GENERAL

A. Hardwood Flooring: Provide flooring materials that match the existing flooring materials in pro-file, size and color.

B. Wood Base Shoe Molding: Provide molding of the same profile as the molding removed and that

matches the species and appearance of the adjacent wood base. 2.2 PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL

A. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, undercoats, and finish-coat materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and ap-plication, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience.

B. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best-quality paint material of the various coating types

specified. Paint-material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable.

C. Finish: Provide finish as selected by the Architect.

PART III - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION AND REPAIRS

A. Sweep floor clean prior to sanding. Inspect flooring for any loose or deteriorated boards.

B. Replace the entire length of all deteriorated boards.

C. Tighten any loose boards by fastening to the floor joists.

D. Countersink and protruding nail heads.

3.2 SANDING

A. Sand only the material necessary to remove the existing finish to the original patina, leaving the historic wear patterns.

B. Apply a wood flooring filler to fill nail holes and cracks prior to the final sanding.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society HARDWOOD FLOORING REPAIRS AND REFINISHING 096400 - 2

Page 130: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

3.3 FLOOR FINISHING

A. Begin finishing immediately after completion of the sanding.

B. Apply three coats of oil modified polyurethane in accordance with the manufacturer’s recom-mendation.

C. Sand in between application of finish.

3.4 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE

A. Alkyd-Based, Satin-Varnish Finish: 2 finish coats of an alkyd-based, clear-satin varnish over a sanding sealer. Provide wood filler on open-grain wood before applying first varnish coat.

Delete paste-wood filler coat below on tight-grained wood such as birch or popular. Retain filler coat on oak and walnut and similar open-grain woods.

B. Filler Coat: Paste-wood filler applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer. C. Sealer Coat: Clear sanding sealer applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer. D. First and Second Finish Coats: Alkyd-based or polyurethane varnish, as recommended by the

manufacturer, applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer.

END OF SECTION 096400

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society HARDWOOD FLOORING REPAIRS AND REFINISHING 096400 - 3

Page 131: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 099100 - PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED

A. Prepare surfaces to receive opaque painted finishes as specified. Work includes, but is not limited to associated trim rehabilitated in this project, or as specified on Rehabilitation Drawings or determined in field.

B. Finish surfaces as indicated at the end of this Section. Generally, the scope of work shall

include painting all exposed surfaces, whether specifically noted or not, and certain concealed surfaces, except where materials are pre-finished or where intended to remain unfinished as described in Paragraph 1.02 below.

C. All work in this area shall be executed in accordance with the Secretary of the Interior’s

Standards for Rehabilitation. D. Lead based may be present. The Contractor shall be responsible for complying with all

laws pertaining to lead based paint and meet all OSHA Safety Requirements.

1.02 WORK NOT INCLUDED

A. Unless otherwise indicated, painting is not required on surfaces in concealed areas and inaccessible areas such as furred spaces, foundation spaces, utility tunnels and pipe chases.

B. Metal surfaces of anodized aluminum, stainless steel, chromium plate, copper, bronze and

similar finished materials will not require painting under this Section, except as may be so specified.

C. Materials, fixtures and equipment specified or supplied by the manufacturer as pre-

finished shall not be painted, unless otherwise indicated in the Schedule at the end of this Section. Materials supplies with factory-applied primer coats shall be field finished by this Sections, unless otherwise indicated.

D. Priming or finishing of certain surfaces may be specified to be factory-applied or

installer-performed under other Sections.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Finish work shall be performed only by qualified personnel employed by firms specializing in work of this type, with a minimum of five (5) year successful experience in projects of similar size and complexity.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society PAINTING 099100 - 1

Page 132: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

B. Coordination of Paint finishes, Primers and Substrates: 1. Provide finish coats which are compatible with the prime coats actually used. 2. Review other Sections of these Specifications as required, verifying the prime

coats to be used and assuring compatibility of the total coating system for the various substrates.

3. Upon request, furnish information on the characteristics of the specific finished materials to assure that compatible prime coats are used.

4. Provide barrier coats over non-compatible primers or remove the primer and reprime as required.

5. Notify the Architect in writing of anticipated problems in using the specified coating systems over prime coatings or substrates supplied under other Sections.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s product literature and specifications to show compliance with the specified requirements to the Architect.

B. Materials List: Submit materials list of all items proposed to be provided under this Section.

C. Contractor shall collect samples of existing inside and outside paint colors on affected work and provide these samples to Architect. Architect to specifically select location for samples to be taken. These locations should be the least worn, faded, or previously scraped and where different colors were most likely to have been used. Samples should include cutting tiny sections that include the first layer of paint and a small amount of its wood substrate as sequence profile samples. Collected samples to be individually stored in separate small containers for color analysis (35-mm film containers).

D. Samples: Painting Contractor shall prepare samples of each substrate and finish specified,

as directed in section C and submitted to the Architect for all work included in this project.

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Deliver paint materials in original, sealed and labeled containers bearing manufacture’s name, type of paint, brand name, color, designation and instructions for mixing and/or reducing.

B. Provide adequate storage facilities to store materials at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degree F in a well-ventilated area.

C. Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion.

1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society PAINTING 099100 - 2

Page 133: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

A. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes, unless moisture contents of surfaces are below the following maximums:

1. Exterior Wood: 12%. B. Ensure that surface temperature and the surrounding air temperature is above 40 degree F

before applying oil based finishes. Minimum application temperatures for latex paints for interior work is 45 degree F, 50 degree F for exterior work.

C. Provide adequate continuous ventilation and sufficient heating facilities to maintain

temperatures above 45 degree F for 24 hours before, during and 48 hours after application of finishes.

D. Provide minimum 15 foot-candles of lighting on surfaces to be finished.

1.07 PROTECTION

A. Adequately protect other surfaces from paint and damage. Repair damage as a result of inadequate or unsuitable protection.

B. Furnish sufficient drop cloths, shields and protective equipment to prevent spray or

droppings from soiling surface not being painted and, in particular, surfaces within storage and preparation area.

C. Place cotton cloths and any material which may constitute a fire hazard in closed, metal

containers and remove daily from the site. D. Remove finish hardware, fittings and fastenings prior to painting operations. These items

are to be carefully stored, cleaned and replaced on completion of work in each area.

1.08 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS

A. Contractor shall furnish Owner additional maintenance stock of not less than two (2) gallons of each color of finish coating.

B. Containers are to be tightly sealed and clearly labeled for identification.

PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FINISH MATERIALS

A. Paint to match type, brand, and color as specified, approved by the Architect, and applied during this CHS/SHF Project.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society PAINTING 099100 - 3

Page 134: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

B. Paints, Enamels and Fillers: Type and brand scheduled herein, ready-mixed, except field catalyzed coatings. Pigments fully ground maintaining a soft paste consistency, capable of readily and uniformly being dispersed to a complete homogeneous mixture. Paints shall have good flowing and brushing properties and be capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. 1. Paint materials shall contain no lead or other toxic substances. Refer to paragraph

1.03.c. C. Paint Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine and other materials not

specifically indicated herein but required to achieve the finishes specified, or high quality and approve manufacturer.

D. Color(s) as selected by the Architect from manufacturer’s full color selection, unless

otherwise indicated. Painter shall prepare samples for approval from the Architect of each paint color selected. Remake samples until approved, at no additional cost to the Owner.

E. Approve Manufacturers: Use the same brand throughout the project for each type of

paint, varnish or stain material specified: 1. Paint: Anchor, Sherwin Williams, Pittsburgh, Diamond Vogel, DeVoe, Fuller

O’Brien, Benjamin Moore, Kelly Moore and Glidden, using products of same quality, function and performance and color match to selected existing color(s) are acceptable only as approved by the Architect prior to bidding.

2.02 APPLICATION EQUIPMENT

A. For application of the specified paint, use only such equipment as is recommended for application of the particular paint by the manufacturer and approved by the Architect, except as limited by Paragraph 2.02.C.

B. Prior to use of application equipment, verify that the proposed equipment is actually

compatible with the material to be applied and that integrity of the finish will not be jeopardized by use of this equipment.

2.03 COLOR SCHEDULES

A. Contractor shall furnish samples to the Architect of all related finish materials for coordination in preparation of the color schedule.

B. Contractor shall collect samples of existing inside and outside paint colors on affected work and provide these samples to Architect.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society PAINTING 099100 - 4

Page 135: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

C. The Architect may select, allocate and vary colors on different surfaces throughout the work, but in general, all painting shall match existing, original colors, or colors applied during this current CHS/SHF Project, unless directed or noted otherwise.

PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION

A. Subcontractor shall thoroughly examine surfaces scheduled to be painted or finished proper to commencing work. Notify the Architect of any condition that may potentially affect proper application and final appearance. Do not commence work until such defects have been corrected to the satisfaction of the painting subcontractor. Beginning work shall be considered acceptance of surfaces.

3.02 PREPARATION OF SURFACES

A. Ensure that the Contractor has corrected defects in all surfaces which may adversely affect work of this Section, including but not limited to: 1. Metal surfaces. 2. Exterior mill work, running trim, and/or moldings.

B. All preparatory work shall be subject to evaluation and acceptance by the Architect.

Painting subcontractor will accept responsibility for the preparation of all surfaces, as specified herein, prior to finishing.

C. Remove mildew by using a solution of one cup non-ammoniated detergent, one quart

household bleach, and one gallon water. Scrub this solution using a medium soft brush. Rinse well with clean water and allow the surface to dry completely.

D. Remove surface contamination and oils from galvanized surfaces and wash with solvent.

Apply a coat of etching-type primer.

E. Remove grease, rust, scale, dirt and dust from steel, ferrous metal and iron surfaces. Where heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by cautiously wire brushing using a brass brush, followed by carefully rubbing with steel wool. 1. Clean unprimed surfaces by washing with solvent. Apply a treatment of

phosphoric acid solution, ensuring that weld joints, bolts and nuts are similarly cleaned. Neutralize and prime surfaces as required.

2. Sand and scrape shop-primed surfaces to remove loose primer and rust. Feather out edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent and prime surfaces as required.

3. Back-prime structural steel and ferrous metal surfaces to be in contact with concrete, unless furnished by other Sections.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society PAINTING 099100 - 5

Page 136: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

4. Ensure that excess weld slag of flux deposits are removed, and that all exposed welds are ground or sanded to specified appearance.

F. Wipe dust and grit from hardwood and softwood items prior to priming. Spot coat knots,

pitch streaks and sappy sections with sealer. Fill knots, imperfections, nail holes and cracks after primer has dried and sand smooth. Back-prime exterior woodwork. 1. Back-prime exterior wood with manufacturer’s recommended primer.

G. Remove all hardware from doors before painting. Masking of hardware is unacceptable. H. Schedule painting prior to installation of pre-finished materials, specialties, furnishing and

fixtures to the extent possible.

3.03 PREPARATION OF HISTORICAL RESTORATION DETAILS

A. General: Restoration of historically painted surfaces and other details shall be part of this contract.

B. Perform selective removal techniques to carefully remove existing layers of failed paint,

dirt and debris to uncover materials and color(s). C. Restore to the original design matching the existing color(s) and other details.

3.04 APPLICATION

A. General: Apply finish materials in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations.

B. Apply each coat at the proper consistency. Allow each coat of finish to dry before the

following coat is applied, unless directed otherwise by manufacturer. Sand lightly between coats to achieve the required finish.

C. Brush Applications:

1. Application for any galvanized metal, steel framing, and all interior and exterior

wood doors, windows, sidelights and transom frames shall be by brush. Spraying is not acceptable.

2. Brush out and work the brush coats onto the surface in an even film. 3. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness and other

surface imperfections will not be acceptable. D. For completed work, match the approved samples as to texture, color and coverage.

Remove, refinish or repaint work not in compliance with the specified requirements.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society PAINTING 099100 - 6

Page 137: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

3.05 CLEANING

A. Promptly remove paint from adjacent materials or surfaces as work proceeds where spilled, splashed or splattered.

B. During progress of work, keep premises free from any unnecessary accumulation of tools,

equipment, surplus materials and debris. C. Place cotton cloths and material which may constitute a fire hazard in closed metal

containers and remove daily from the site. D. Upon completion of work, leave premises neat and clean, to the satisfaction of the Owner.

3.06 QUALITY CONTROL

A. Painted finishes shall be subject to evaluation and approval to the satisfaction of the Architect, including but not limited to, the following characteristics. 1. Consistency and smoothness of surface. 2. Coverage and mil thickness. 3. Color match between adjacent areas. 4. Compliance with approved sample(s). 5. Renovation Projects: Satisfactory match to existing materials or surfaces.

PART 4 SCHEDULES

1.1 EXTERIOR PAINTING RESTORATION SCHEDULE, SCHEDULED BY SUBSTRATE MATERIAL

A. Historic and New Wood Trim: Provide the following finish systems over windows:

1. Semigloss Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.

a. Primer: Exterior wood primer for acrylic enamel. Primer required on all surfaces where existing finishes have been removed to the bare substrate.

b. Finish Coats: Exterior semigloss acrylic enamel. c. Color Matching: As selected by the Architect.

1.2 INTERIOR PAINTING RESTORATION SCHEDULE, SCHEDULED BY SUBSTRATE MATERIAL

A. Historic and New Plaster: Provide the following finish systems over interior historic plaster surfaces:

1. Low-Luster Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society PAINTING 099100 - 7

Page 138: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

a. Primer: Interior plaster primer over replacement plaster work. Omit primer on previously painted plaster surfaces.

b. Finish Coats: Interior low-luster acrylic enamel. c. Color Matching: As selected by the Architect.

B. Historic and New Trim: Provide the following finish systems over windows:

1. Semigloss Alkyd-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.

a. Primer: Interior wood primer for alkyd enamel. Primer required on all surfaces where existing finishes have been removed to the bare substrate.

b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss alkyd enamel. c. Color Matching: As selected by the Architect.

C. Historic and New Doors, Trim, and Wainscot: Provide the following finish systems over windows:

1. Stain with a Satin Polyurethane Finish: Two finish coats over a filler. a. Wood Filler: Factory-formulated, paste wood filler applied at spreading rate

recommended by manufacturer. b. Wood Stain: Factory-formulated, alkyd-based penetrating wood stain for

application applied at spreading rate recommended by manufacturer. c. Clear Sanding Sealer: Factory-formulated, fast-drying, alkyd-based clear wood

sealer applied at spreading rate recommended by manufacturer. d. Finish Coats: Alkyd- or Polyurethane-Based Clear Satin Varnish: Factory-

formulated, alkyd- or polyurethane-based clear varnish applied at spreading rate recommended by manufacturer.

e. Finish Matching: As selected by the Architect.

D. Wood Repairs To Receive Stained Finish: 1. Blend stain with repair materials described in Wood Repairs – 062500 so that repair

material matches the color of the final stained woodwork. Wood repair material WILL NOT accept any surface applied stain material.

END OF SECTION 099100

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society PAINTING 099100 - 8

Page 139: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 102800 - TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Submittals: Product Data.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES

A. Paper Towel Dispenser:

1. Mounting: Surface. 2. Minimum Capacity: 400 C-fold or 525 multifold towels 8-inch-. 3. Material: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin). 4. Lockset: Tumbler type. 5. Refill Indicators: Pierced slots at sides or front.

B. Toilet Tissue Dispenser:

1. Type: Single-roll dispenser. 2. Mounting: Surface mounted with concealed anchorage]. 3. Material: Stainless steel.

C. Waste Receptacle:

1. Type: Surface mounted. 2. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin).

D. Grab Bar:

1. Material: Stainless steel, 0.050 inch thick. 2. Mounting: Concealed. 3. Gripping Surfaces: Slip-resistant texture. 4. Outside Diameter: 1-1/4 inches for medium-duty applications.

E. Mirror Unit:

1. Frameless 2. Mirrored glass with beveled edge.

F. Robe Hook: 1. Description: Single-prong unit.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 102800 - 1

Page 140: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

2. Material and Finish: Polished chrome-plated zinc alloy. 3.

G. Underlavatory Guard:

1. Description: Insulating pipe coverings for supply and drain piping assemblies, which prevent direct contact with and burns from piping, and allow service access without removing coverings.

2. Material and Finish: Antimicrobial, molded plastic, white.

2.2 MATERIALS

A. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304, No. 4 finish (satin), 0.0312-inch minimum nominal thickness unless otherwise indicated.

B. Brass: ASTM B 19, ASTM B 16, or ASTM B 30.

C. Aluminum: ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T6 or 6463-T6.

D. Sheet Steel: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, 0.0359-inch minimum nominal thickness.

E. Galvanized-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60.

F. Chromium Plating: ASTM B 456, Service Condition Number SC 2 (moderate service).

G. Baked-Enamel Finish: Factory-applied, gloss-white, baked-acrylic-enamel coating.

H. Tempered Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT (fully tempered).

I. Mirrors: ASTM C 1503, Mirror Glazing Quality, clear-glass mirrors, nominal 6.0 mm thick.

J. Galvanized-Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153/A 153M, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication.

K. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit, tamper and theft resistant when exposed, and of galvanized steel when concealed.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install accessories using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated.

1. Install blocking for grab bars to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf, when tested according to method in ASTM F 446.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 102800 - 2

Page 141: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

B. Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation and verify that mechanisms function properly. Replace damaged or defective items. Remove temporary labels and protective coatings.

END OF SECTION 102800

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 102800 - 3

Page 142: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 113100 - RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Submittals: Product Data.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES

A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the following:

1. NFPA: Provide electrical appliances listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

B. Accessibility: Where residential appliances are indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with ICC A117.1.

C. Refrigerator/Freezer: Freestanding, frost-free, two-door refrigerator with top-mounted freezer, ABS thermoplastic-copolymer interior cabinet liners.

1. Color: As selected by Architect. 2. Fresh Food Compartment Volume: 15.6 cu. ft. 3. Freezer Compartment Volume: 5.13 cu. ft. 4. Shelf Area: Three adjustable glass shelves. 5. Energy Performance: Provide appliances that qualify for the EPA/DOE ENERGY STAR product

labeling program.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Freestanding Appliances: Place in final locations after finishes have been completed in each area. Verify that clearances are adequate to properly operate equipment.

B. Test each item of residential appliances to verify proper operation. Make necessary adjustments.

C. Verify that accessories required have been furnished and installed. END OF SECTION 113100

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES 113100 - 1

Page 143: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 123530 - RESIDENTIAL CASEWORK

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Submittals: Product Data, Shop Drawings, and Samples.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CABINETS

A. Comply with KCMA A161.1.

1. Provide cabinets with KCMA's "Certified Cabinet" seal affixed in a semiexposed location of each unit.

B. Kitchen and Vanity Cabinets:

1. Face Style: Reveal overlay. 2. Cabinet Style: Face frame. 3. Door and Drawer Fronts: Wood stiles and rails, with flat wood center panels. 4. Face Frame Finish: Wood. 5. Exposed Cabinet End Finish: Wood. 6. Exposed Wood: Manufacturer's standard domestic hardwood species clear solid wood or

hardwood plywood with Grade A faces per HPVA HP-1, selected for compatible color and grain.

7. Semiexposed Materials: Medium-density particleboard, with melamine surface. 8. Door and Drawer Pulls: Surface-mounted decorative pulls]. 9. Hinges: Concealed European-style self-closing hinges. 10. Drawer Guides: Epoxy-coated-metal, self-closing drawer guides with nylon-tired, ball-

bearing rollers.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install cabinets with no variations in flushness of adjoining surfaces by using concealed shims. Where casework abuts other finished work, scribe and cut for accurate fit. Provide filler strips, scribe strips, and moldings in finish to match casework face.

B. Install cabinets without distortion so doors and drawers fit openings properly and are aligned.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

RESIDENTIAL CASEWORK 123530 - 1

Page 144: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

C. Install level and plumb to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 8 feet.

D. Fasten each cabinet to adjacent unit and to structural members of wall construction. Fasten wall cabinets through back, near top and bottom, at ends and not less than 24 inches o.c.

1. Use No. 10 wafer-head screws sized for 1-inch penetration into wood framing, blocking, or hanging strips.

2. Use toggle bolts through metal backing behind gypsum board.

END OF SECTION 123530

Page 145: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 123661 – SOLID SURFACING COUNTERTOPS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Submittals: Product Data, Shop Drawings, and material Samples.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SOLID-SURFACE-MATERIAL COUNTERTOPS

A. Countertops: 1/2-inch- thick, solid surface material.

1. Edges: built up with solid surface material. 2. Front: 3/4-inch bullnose. 3. Backsplash: Straight, slightly eased at corner. 4. Endsplash: Matching backsplash.

B. Solid Surface Material: Homogeneous solid sheets of filled plastic resin complying with ANSI SS1.

1. Integral Sink Bowl: Comply with ISSFA-2 and ANSI Z124.3, Type 5 or Type 6, without a precoated finish.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install countertops according to manufacturer's written directions. Fasten to substrates with adhesive. Align adjacent surfaces. Seal seams and perimeter with mildew-resistant [silicone] [acrylic latex] sealant.

1. Seal edges of cutouts in particleboard subtops by saturating with varnish.

B. Install level and plumb to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 8 feet.

END OF SECTION 123661

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

SOLID SURFACING COUNTERTOPS 123661 - 1

Page 146: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILITATION – CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

SOLID SURFACING COUNTERTOPS 123661 - 2

Page 147: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 02300 - EARTHWORK

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Condi-tions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Preparing subgrades for slabs-on-grade, walks, pavements, lawns, and plantings. 2. Subbase course for concrete walks and pavements. 3. Subsurface drainage backfill for walls and trenches. 4. Excavating and backfilling trenches within building lines.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Base Course: Layer placed between the subbase course and asphalt paving.

B. Borrow: Satisfactory soil imported from off-site for use as fill or backfill.

C. Drainage Course: Layer supporting slab-on-grade used to minimize capillary flow of pore wa-ter.

D. Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations.

1. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated dimensions without direction by Architect. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Architect, shall be without additional compensation.

E. Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades.

F. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features constructed above or below the ground surface.

G. Subbase Course: Layer placed between the subgrade and base course for asphalt paving, or lay-er placed between the subgrade and a concrete pavement or walk.

H. Subgrade: Surface or elevation remaining after completing excavation, or top surface of a fill or backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil materials.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILIATATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society EARTHWORK 312000 - 1

Page 148: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

I. Utilities include on-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground services within buildings.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance of the following with requirements indicated:

1. Classification according to ASTM D 2487 of each on-site or borrow soil material pro-posed for fill and backfill.

2. Laboratory compaction curve according to ASTM D 698 for each on-site or borrow soil material proposed for fill and backfill.

1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others un-less permitted in writing by Architect and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:

1. Contact utility-locator service for area where Project is located before excavating.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SOIL MATERIALS

A. General: Provide borrow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not avail-able from excavations.

B. Backfill and Fill

1. At sidewalks provide well compacted native material.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork operations.

B. Protect subgrades and foundation soils against freezing temperatures or frost. Provide protec-tive insulating materials as necessary.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILIATATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society EARTHWORK 312000 - 2

Page 149: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

C. Provide erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways.

3.2 DEWATERING

A. Prevent surface water and ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on prepared subgrades, and from flooding Project site and surrounding area.

B. Protect subgrades from softening, undermining, washout, and damage by rain or water accumu-lation.

1. Reroute surface water runoff away from excavated areas. Do not allow water to accumu-late in excavations. Do not use excavated trenches as temporary drainage ditches.

2. Install a dewatering system to keep subgrades dry and convey ground water away from excavations. Maintain until dewatering is no longer required.

3.3 EXCAVATION, GENERAL

A. Unclassified Excavation: Excavation to subgrade elevations regardless of the character of sur-face and subsurface conditions encountered, including rock, soil materials, and obstructions.

1. If excavated materials intended for fill and backfill include unsatisfactory soil materials and rock, replace with satisfactory soil materials.

3.4 APPROVAL OF SUBGRADE

A. Notify Architect when excavations have reached required subgrade.

B. Reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated water, or construction activities, as directed by Architect.

3.5 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS

A. Stockpile borrow materials and satisfactory excavated soil materials. Stockpile soil materials without intermixing. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to pre-vent windblown dust.

3.6 Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations.

A. Place and compact backfill in excavations promptly, but not before completing the following:

1. Construction below finish grade including, installation of drainage fabric. 2. Surveying locations of underground utilities for record documents. 3. Removing formwork. 4. Removing trash and debris.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILIATATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society EARTHWORK 312000 - 3

Page 150: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

3.7 FILL

A. Preparation: Remove vegetation, topsoil, debris, unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions, and deleterious materials from ground surface before placing fills.

B. Plow, scarify, bench, or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so fill material will bond with existing material.

C. Place and compact fill material in layers to required elevations as follows: \

1. Under walks and pavements, use well compacted native material.

3.8 MOISTURE CONTROL

A. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill layer before compac-tion to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content.

1. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice.

2. Remove and replace, or scarify and air-dry, otherwise satisfactory soil material that ex-ceeds optimum moisture content by 2 percent and is too wet to compact to specified dry unit weight.

3.9 COMPACTION OF BACKFILLS AND FILLS

A. Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than not more than 4 inches (100 mm) in loose depth.

B. Place backfill and fill materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations, and uni-formly along the full length of each structure.

C. Compact soil to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 1557:

1. Under walkways, scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade and compact each

layer of backfill or fill material at 92 percent. 2. Under unpaved areas, scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade and compact

each layer of backfill or fill material at 85 percent.

3.10 GRADING

A. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free from irregular surface changes. Comply with compaction requirements.

1. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing grades and new grades. 2. Cut out soft spots, fill low spots, and trim high spots to comply with required surface tol-

erances. GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILIATATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS

SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017 This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

EARTHWORK 312000 - 4

Page 151: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

B. Site Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from buildings and to prevent ponding. Finish subgrades to required elevations within the following tolerances:

1. Dry Zone: Plus or minus 1 inch. 2. Walks: Plus or minus 1 inch.

C. Grading inside Building Lines: Finish subgrade to a tolerance of 1/2 inch when tested with a 10-foot straightedge.

3.11 PROTECTION

A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris.

B. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent con-struction operations or weather conditions.

1. Scarify or remove and replace soil material to depth as directed by Architect; reshape and recompact.

C. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing, back-fill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing.

1. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to the greatest extent possible.

3.12 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS

A. Disposal: Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste material, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it off Owner's property.

END OF SECTION 312000

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILIATATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society EARTHWORK 312000 - 5

Page 152: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 321313 - CONCRETE PAVING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Submittals: Product Data and design mixtures for concrete.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CONCRETE PAVING

A. Comply with ACI 301 unless otherwise indicated.

2.2 MATERIALS

A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed.

B. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II. Supplement with the following:

1. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Type C or F. 2. Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: ASTM C 989, Grade 100 or 120.

C. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, Class 4m, uniformly graded. Provide aggregates from a single source.

1. Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size: 1 inch nominal.

D. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.

E. Chemical Admixtures: ASTM C 494. Calcium chloride shall not be used.

F. Synthetic Fiber: ASTM C 1116, Type III, polypropylene fibers, 1/2 to 1-1/2 inches long.

G. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, dissipating.

2.3 CONCRETE MIXTURES

A. Proportion normal-weight concrete mixes to provide the following properties:

1. Compressive Strength (28 Days): 4000 psi. 2. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio at Point of Placement: 0.45.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILIATATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 1

Page 153: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

3. Slump Limit: 4 inches, plus or minus 1 inch. 4. Air Content: 4-1/2 percent plus or minus 1.5 percent. 5. Synthetic Fiber: 1.0 lb/cu. yd.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PAVING

A. Accurately position and support reinforcement, and secure against displacement.

B. Locate and install contraction, construction, isolation, and expansion joints as indicated or required.

C. Place concrete in a continuous operation within planned joints or sections. Do not add water to adjust slump.

D. Float surfaces to true planes within a tolerance of 1/4 inch in 10 feet and finish to match adjacent concrete.

E. Tool edges and joints to a radius of 1/4 inch.

F. Begin curing after finishing concrete. Keep concrete continuously moist for at least seven days or apply membrane-forming curing compound to concrete.

G. Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.

H. Remove and replace concrete paving that is broken, damaged, or defective. Remove work in complete sections from joint to joint unless otherwise approved by Architect.

I. Protect concrete paving from damage. Exclude traffic from paving for at least 14 days.

END OF SECTION 321313

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILIATATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society

CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 2

Page 154: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

SECTION 329200 – NATIVE GRASSES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Submittals: Product Data.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GRASSES

A. Native Grass Seed: Fresh, clean, and dry new seed, of mixed species as follows:

1. Match on-site grasses. 2. Seed Carrier: Inert material mixed with seed, two parts seed carrier to one part seed.

2.2 SOILS AND AMENDMENTS

A. Topsoil: ASTM D 5268, with pH range of 5.5 to 7, free of stones 1 inch or larger and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth.

B. Compost: Well-composted, stable, and weed-free organic matter; pH range of 5.5 to 8.

C. Wood Derivatives: Decomposed, nitrogen-treated sawdust, ground bark, or wood waste; of uniform texture, free of chips, stones, sticks, soil, or toxic materials.

D. Fiber Mulch: Biodegradable, dyed-wood, cellulose-fiber mulch; nontoxic; free of plant-growth or germination inhibitors; with maximum moisture content of 15 percent and a pH range of 4.5 to 6.5.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Loosen subgrade to a minimum depth of 4 inches; remove stones, sticks, existing grass, vegetation, and other extraneous materials.

1. At newly graded subgrades and other areas disturbed by construction, spread planting soil mix to a depth of 4 inches, but not less than required to meet finish grades.

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILIATATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society NATIVE GRASSES 329200 - 1

Page 155: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

B. Grade lawn areas to a smooth, even surface with loose, uniformly fine texture. Roll and rake, remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades. Moisten before planting.

3.2 PLANTING

A. Seeding: Evenly distribute seed by sowing with a spreader or a seeding machine. Rake seed lightly into top 1/8 inch of topsoil, roll lightly, and water with fine spray. Protect seeded areas by spreading straw mulch 1-1/2 inches in loose depth.

1. Seeding Rate: 2 lb/1000 sq. ft. or as recommended by the manufacturer.

3.3 MAINTENANCE

A. Maintain and establish native grasses by watering, fertilizing, weeding, mowing, trimming, replanting, and other operations. Roll, regrade, and replant bare or eroded areas and remulch to produce a uniformly smooth lawn. Provide materials and installation the same as those used in the original installation.

B. Maintain turf until established, but for not less than 30 days.

END OF SECTION 329200

GREENLAND POST OFFICE REHABILIATATION - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHF PROJECT NO.: 2014-M1-017

This Project is partially funded by a State Historical Fund Grant award from the Colorado Historical Society NATIVE GRASSES 329200 - 2

Page 156: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

MASTERSPEC®

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARCHITECTURAL/STRUCTURAL/CIVIL LIBRARYPremium Basic

(Former Full Length Basic)

Issue Date

Sect. No. SECTION TITLE SECTION DESCRIPTION

Copyright 2014 The American Institute of Architects (AIA)Exclusively published and distributed by Architectural Computer Services, Inc. (ARCOM) for the AIA

DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS2/12 000101 PROJECT TITLE PAGE Project Manual title page

2/12 000107 SEALS PAGE For seals of design professionals on Project Manual.

8/10 000115 LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS List of Drawings.

8/10 000120 LIST OF SCHEDULES For a list of separately bound schedules.

8/10 001113 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS For use on public projects.

8/10 001115 ADVERTISEMENT FOR PREQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS For use on public projects.

8/10 001116 INVITATION TO BID For use on private projects.

2/12 001153 REQUEST FOR QUALIFICATIONS For use on public projects.

8/10 002113 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Incorporates AIA A701 by reference.

8/10 002213 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS For use with AIA A701.

8/10 002513 PREBID MEETINGS Sets date, time, place, and terms for prebid meetings.

8/10 002600 PROCUREMENT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Substitution procedures during bidding.

8/10 003113 PRELIMINARY SCHEDULE Preliminary schedule.

8/10 003119 EXISTING CONDITION INFORMATION References documents for survey and as-builtinformation.

8/10 003126 EXISTING HAZARDOUS MATERIAL INFORMATION References documents for existing hazardousmaterials.

8/10 003132 GEOTECHNICAL DATA References documents for geotechnical data.

8/10 003143 PERMIT APPLICATION Indicates responsibility for building permit application.

2/12 004113 BID FORM - STIPULATED SUM (SINGLE-PRIMECONTRACT)

Fixed price, single prime.

2/12 004116 BID FORM - STIPULATED SUM (MULTIPLE-PRIMECONTRACT)

Fixed price, multiple prime.

2/12 004123 BID FORM - CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT (SINGLE-PRIME CONTRACT)

Fixed price, construction management, single prime.

2/12 004126 BID FORM - CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT (MULTIPLE-PRIME CONTRACT)

Fixed price, construction management, multiple prime.

2/12 004133 BID FORM - COST-PLUS-FEE (SINGLE-PRIMECONTRACT)

Cost plus, with or without guaranteed maximum.

8/10 004313 BID SECURITY FORMS References AIA A310.

2/12 004321 ALLOWANCE FORM Attachment for Bid Form.

2/12 004322 UNIT PRICES FORM Attachment for Bid Form.

2/12 004323 ALTERNATES FORM Attachment for Bid Form.

8/10 004373 PROPOSED SCHEDULE OF VALUES FORM Attachment for Bid Form.

2/12 004393 BID SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST Attachment for Bid Form.

2/12 005100 NOTICE OF AWARD For notifying successful bidder.

8/10 006000 PROJECT FORMS References Agreement, General Conditions, andadministrative forms.

2/12 009113 ADDENDUM For notifying bidders of changes.

DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS6/14 011000 SUMMARY Summary of the Work, phased construction, purchase

contracts, Owner-furnished products, access to site,and work restrictions.

2/10 011200 MULTIPLE CONTRACT SUMMARY Responsibilities of each contract for the Work,coordination, and temporary facilities and controls.

12/13 012100 ALLOWANCES Provisions for cash allowances including lump-sum, unitcost, contingency, and testing and inspectingallowances.

N = NEW U = UPDATE R = REVISION

A/S/C LIBRARY PREMIUM BASIC TABLE OF CONTENTS • DECEMBER 2014 • PAGE 1 OF 15

Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Page 157: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

MASTERSPEC® TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARCHITECTURAL/STRUCTURAL/CIVIL LIBRARYPremium Basic

(Former Full Length Basic)

Issue Date

Sect. No. SECTION TITLE SECTION DESCRIPTION

Copyright 2014 The American Institute of Architects (AIA)Exclusively published and distributed by Architectural Computer Services, Inc. (ARCOM) for the AIA

2/10 012200 UNIT PRICES Provisions for unit prices.

5/12 012300 ALTERNATES Provisions for change-of-scope and cost-comparisontype alternates.

6/14 012500 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Procedural requirements for requests for substitutionsduring construction.

2/10 012600 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES Procedural requirements for changes to the Contract.

6/14 012900 PAYMENT PROCEDURES Administrative requirements for Contractor'sApplications for Payment.

6/14 013100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Administrative requirements for project meetings;preconstruction, preinstallation, and project closeoutconferences; RFIs; and project Web sites.

6/14 013200 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION Contractor's Construction Schedule including Ganttcharts and CPM schedules; Contractor's reports.

2/11 013233 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION Construction photographs, video recordings, and web-based photographic documentation.

6/14 013300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Procedures for Action and Informational Submittalsincluding Delegated-Design Submittals and SubmittalsSchedule.

8/11 013513.16 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES FOR DETENTIONFACILITIES

Special requirements for detention work includingresponsibilities of a detention specialist.

6/13 013516 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES General protection and work procedures for remodeling,renovation, repair, and maintenance work.

2/10 014000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Quality-assurance and -control requirements, specialtests and inspections, and Contractor's quality-controlplan.

3/14 014200 REFERENCES Common definitions and terms; and acronyms and tradenames of associations, government agencies, and otherentities referenced in MasterSpec.

6/14 015000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Temporary utilities and facilities for constructionsupport, security, and protection.

2/10 016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Administrative and procedural requirements for product,material, and equipment selection and handling;warranties; and comparable products.

6/14 017300 EXECUTION General requirements for product installation, cuttingand patching, protection, field engineering, andprogress cleaning.

6/14 017419 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL Salvaging, recycling, and disposing of non-hazardousdemolition and construction waste.

6/14 017700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Contract closeout including Substantial Completion andFinal Completion procedures, warranties, and finalcleaning.

2/10 017823 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals forproducts and equipment.

2/10 017839 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Record record Drawings, Specifications, and ProductData.

2/10 017900 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING Administrative and procedural requirements forinstructing Owner's personnel in operation andmaintenance.

6/14 018113.13 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS - LEED 2009FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION AND MAJOR RENOVATIONS

General requirements and procedures for LEED 2009for New Construction and Major Renovations.

N = NEW U = UPDATE R = REVISION

A/S/C LIBRARY PREMIUM BASIC TABLE OF CONTENTS • DECEMBER 2014 • PAGE 2 OF 15

Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Page 158: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

MASTERSPEC® TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARCHITECTURAL/STRUCTURAL/CIVIL LIBRARYPremium Basic

(Former Full Length Basic)

Issue Date

Sect. No. SECTION TITLE SECTION DESCRIPTION

Copyright 2014 The American Institute of Architects (AIA)Exclusively published and distributed by Architectural Computer Services, Inc. (ARCOM) for the AIA

6/14 018113.14 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS – LEED v4 BD+C General requirements and procedures for LEED v4BD+C

6/14 018113.16 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS - LEED 2009FOR COMMERCIAL INTERIORS

General requirements and procedures for LEED 2009for Commercial Interiors.

6/14 018113.17 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS – LEED v4 ID+C General requirements and procedures for LEED v4ID+C.

6/14 018113.19 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS - LEED 2009FOR CORE AND SHELL DEVELOPMENT

General requirements and procedures for LEED 2009for Core and Shell Development.

6/14 018113.23 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS - LEED 2009FOR SCHOOLS

General requirements and procedures for LEED 2009for Schools.

6/14 018113.33 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS – IgCC General requirements and procedures for IgCC.

6/14 018113.43 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS – ASHRAE 189.1 General requirements and procedures for ASHRAE189.1.

6/14 018113.53 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS – GREENGLOBES

General requirements and procedures for GreenGlobes.

12/13 019113 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Administrative requirements and procedures forcommissioning all systems.

DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS12/13 024116 STRUCTURE DEMOLITION Demolition of existing buildings, structures, and

associated site improvements.6/14 024119 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Demolition of selected portions of existing buildings,

structures, and associated site improvements.

DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE6/14 033000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE General building and structural applications; concrete

mixtures, formwork, reinforcing, finishing, and curing.

6/14 033053 MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Cast-in-place concrete for limited applications.

6/14 033300 ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE Specially formed, placed, and finished architecturalconcrete.

6/14 033543 POLISHED CONCRETE FINISHING Ground and polished concrete floor slabs, includingstained and polished concrete.

U 12/14 033816 UNBONDED POST-TENSIONED CONCRETE Post-tensioning reinforcement, encapsulated and non-encapsulated.

6/14 034100 PRECAST STRUCTURAL CONCRETE Conventional precast structural concrete units.

6/14 034500 PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE Precast concrete cladding units, insulated units, andmasonry-faced units.

6/14 034713 TILT-UP CONCRETE Wall panels and insulated sandwich panels.

5/12 034900 GLASS-FIBER-REINFORCED CONCRETE (GFRC) GFRC cladding panels; panel framing.

3/14 035216 LIGHTWEIGHT INSULATING CONCRETE Aggregate and cellular types.

9/13 035300 CONCRETE TOPPING High-strength concrete slab toppings for heavy-duty,industrial-type applications.

6/14 035416 HYDRAULIC CEMENT UNDERLAYMENT Self-leveling, hydraulic-cement-based underlayment.

DIVISION 04 - MASONRY2/13 040110 MASONRY CLEANING Nonhistoric applications for unit masonry and stone

surfaces.2/13 040120.63 BRICK MASONRY REPAIR Nonhistoric applications for clay brick masonry.

11/12 040120.64 BRICK MASONRY REPOINTING Nonhistoric applications for clay brick masonry.

11/12 040140.61 STONE REPAIR Nonhistoric applications for stone masonry.

11/12 040140.62 STONE REPOINTING Nonhistoric applications for stone masonry.

N = NEW U = UPDATE R = REVISION

A/S/C LIBRARY PREMIUM BASIC TABLE OF CONTENTS • DECEMBER 2014 • PAGE 3 OF 15

Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Page 159: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

MASTERSPEC® TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARCHITECTURAL/STRUCTURAL/CIVIL LIBRARYPremium Basic

(Former Full Length Basic)

Issue Date

Sect. No. SECTION TITLE SECTION DESCRIPTION

Copyright 2014 The American Institute of Architects (AIA)Exclusively published and distributed by Architectural Computer Services, Inc. (ARCOM) for the AIA

6/14 042000 UNIT MASONRY CMU, brick, structural-clay facing tile, and stone trimunits.

6/14 042200 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY Single-wythe CMU including decorative units.

6/14 042300 GLASS UNIT MASONRY Glass block installed with mortar, glass block installedwith spacers and sealant, and glass-block grid systems.

6/14 042613 MASONRY VENEER Brick veneer over wood- or metal-stud backup.

6/14 044200 EXTERIOR STONE CLADDING Exterior stone panels.

6/14 044313.13 ANCHORED STONE MASONRY VENEER Stone laid in mortar and anchored to backup withmasonry veneer anchors.

6/14 044313.16 ADHERED STONE MASONRY VENEER Stone adhered to backup with mortar; not anchored.

6/14 047200 CAST STONE MASONRY Architectural features, facing, trim, and site accessories.

DIVISION 05 - METALS6/14 051200 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Structural steel framing for buildings.6/14 051213 ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL

FRAMINGArchitecturally exposed structural steel framing forbuildings.

U 12/14 052100 STEEL JOIST FRAMING Standard manufactured open-web units, including steeljoists, long-span steel joists, and joist girders.

U 12/14 053100 STEEL DECKING Roof, floor, and form steel deck.

6/14 054000 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING Load-bearing and exterior non-load-bearing wall studs;floor, ceiling, and roof joists; and rafters.

6/14 054400 COLD-FORMED METAL TRUSSES Cold-formed steel trusses for roofs and floors.

6/14 055000 METAL FABRICATIONS Metal items (not sheet metal) made from iron and steelshapes, stainless steel, and non-ferrous metals.

6/14 055113 METAL PAN STAIRS Steel stairs with either metal pan or abrasive-finishedmetal treads.

6/14 055116 METAL FLOOR PLATE STAIRS Steel stairs with metal floor plate treads.

6/14 055119 METAL GRATING STAIRS Steel stairs with steel-bar-grating treads.

6/14 055213 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS Railings fabricated from aluminum, stainless-steel, andsteel pipe and tubing.

6/14 055313 BAR GRATINGS Metal bar gratings and frames.

6/14 055316 PLANK GRATINGS Metal plank gratings and frames.

6/14 055813 COLUMN COVERS Spackled-seam and snap-together types, includingthose intended to be painted and those made formmade from decorative metals, such as stainless steel,bronze, and brass.

6/14 055819 HEATING-COOLING UNIT COVERS Heating-cooling unit enclosures shop fabricated fromsteel sheet to custom designs.

6/14 057000 DECORATIVE METAL Custom fabrications from nonferrous and ferrousmetals.

6/14 057100 DECORATIVE METAL STAIRS Architectural steel stairs.

6/14 057300 DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS Ornamental metal railings assembled from eitherstandard or custom components and shapes. Alsoincluded are illuminated railings.

6/14 057313 GLAZED DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS Glass- and plastic-supported railings, and post-supported railings with glass infill, both assembled fromeither standard or custom decorative metal componentsand shapes.

6/14 057500 DECORATIVE FORMED METAL Miscellaneous decorative formed metal items that areshop fabricated from metal sheet to custom designs.

N = NEW U = UPDATE R = REVISION

A/S/C LIBRARY PREMIUM BASIC TABLE OF CONTENTS • DECEMBER 2014 • PAGE 4 OF 15

Rick
Highlight
Page 160: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

MASTERSPEC® TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARCHITECTURAL/STRUCTURAL/CIVIL LIBRARYPremium Basic

(Former Full Length Basic)

Issue Date

Sect. No. SECTION TITLE SECTION DESCRIPTION

Copyright 2014 The American Institute of Architects (AIA)Exclusively published and distributed by Architectural Computer Services, Inc. (ARCOM) for the AIA

DIVISION 06 - WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES6/14 061000 ROUGH CARPENTRY Wood framing, furring, frounds, nailers, and blocking.6/14 061053 MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY Minor wood framing, furring, grounds, nailers, and

blocking.

6/14 061063 EXTERIOR ROUGH CARPENTRY Wood fences and other exterior wood construction.

6/14 061323 HEAVY TIMBER CONSTRUCTION Solid timber framing.

6/14 061516 WOOD ROOF DECKING Solid and laminated T & G decking.

6/14 061533 WOOD PATIO DECKING Elevated decks.

6/14 061600 SHEATHING Roof and wall sheathing, subflooring, andunderlayment. Includes wood, non-wood, andcomposite products.

6/14 061753 SHOP-FABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES Metal-plate-connected members.

6/14 061800 GLUED-LAMINATED CONSTRUCTION Glued-laminated structural framing.

9/14 062013 EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY Exposed and nonstructural.

9/14 062023 INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY Exposed and nonstructural.

6/14 064113 WOOD-VENEER-FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS Custom-made veneer-faced cabinets.

6/14 064116 PLASTIC-LAMINATE-FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS Custom-made plastic-laminate cabinets.

6/14 064214 STILE AND RAIL WOOD PANELING Solid-wood and veneered stile and rail paneling;transparent finished and opaque finished.

6/14 064216 FLUSH WOOD PANELING Veneer-faced flush panels.

6/14 064219 PLASTIC-LAMINATE-FACED WOOD PANELING Plastic-laminate-faced flush panels.

6/14 064300 WOOD STAIRS AND RAILINGS Shop-assembled wood stairs and railings.

6/14 064400 ORNAMENTAL WOODWORK Miscellaneous shop-assembled woodwork items.

6/14 064600 WOOD TRIM Standing and running trim.

6/14 064800 WOOD FRAMES Shop-assembled wood door and window frames.

6/14 064919 EXTERIOR WOOD SHUTTERS Wood shutters.

6/14 066400 PLASTIC PANELING Plastic paneling for utilitarian applications.

DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION11/11 070150.19 PREPARATION FOR RE-ROOFING Preparation for low-slope reroofing - tear-off and re-

cover situations.6/14 071113 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING Hot- and cold-applied asphaltic dampproofing.

U 12/14 071326 SELF-ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING Self-adhering, positive-side sheet waterproofing;drainage panels; pedestal-supported concrete pavers.

U 12/14 071353 ELASTOMERIC SHEET WATERPROOFING Butyl and EPDM sheet; drainage panels; pedestal-supported concrete pavers.

U 12/14 071354 THERMOPLASTIC SHEET WATERPROOFING PVC sheet; drainage panels; pedestal-supportedconcrete pavers.

9/14 071413 HOT FLUID-APPLIED RUBBERIZED ASPHALTWATERPROOFING

Hot, rubberized-asphalt waterproofing for plaza deckand below-grade walls.

9/14 071416 COLD FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING Polyurethane, polyester, and latex-rubber types;drainage panels, insulation, and plaza-deck pavers.

6/14 071800 TRAFFIC COATINGS Cold liquid-applied waterproof-barrier coatings withintegral wearing surface.

9/13 071900 WATER REPELLENTS Clear and pigmented, penetrating, and film-forming, andMPI-approved types.

6/14 072100 THERMAL INSULATION General building insulation installed at project site,excluding roof insulation.

9/13 072119 FOAMED-IN-PLACE INSULATION Spray-applied polyurethane foam insulation.

N = NEW U = UPDATE R = REVISION

A/S/C LIBRARY PREMIUM BASIC TABLE OF CONTENTS • DECEMBER 2014 • PAGE 5 OF 15

Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Page 161: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

MASTERSPEC® TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARCHITECTURAL/STRUCTURAL/CIVIL LIBRARYPremium Basic

(Former Full Length Basic)

Issue Date

Sect. No. SECTION TITLE SECTION DESCRIPTION

Copyright 2014 The American Institute of Architects (AIA)Exclusively published and distributed by Architectural Computer Services, Inc. (ARCOM) for the AIA

U 12/14 072413 POLYMER-BASED EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISHSYSTEM (EIFS)

Composite flexible coating and inner layer of rigid,cellular thermal insulation.

6/14 072419 WATER- DRAINAGE EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISHSYSTEM (EIFS)

Composite flexible coating and inner layer of extruded-polystyrene board insulation with water drainage.

3/14 072500 WEATHER BARRIERS Building paper and building wrap water-resistivebarriers, drainage materials, and flexible flashing.

9/13 072600 VAPOR RETARDERS Interior sheet vapor retarders used in framedconstruction and in crawl spaces.

U 12/14 072713 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS SHEET AIR BARRIERS Vapor-retarding, modified bituminous sheet type.

N 12/14 072715 NONBITUMINOUS SELF-ADHERING SHEET AIRBARRIERS

Vapor-retarding and vapor-permeable nonbituminoussheet type.

U 12/14 072726 FLUID-APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIERS Vapor-retarding and vapor-permeable high-build,medium-build, and low-build types.

8/12 073113 ASPHALT SHINGLES Glass-fiber-reinforced asphalt shingles.

6/14 073129 WOOD SHINGLES AND SHAKES Wood shingles and shakes used as roof covering.

6/14 073213 CLAY ROOF TILES Clay tile roofing, underlayments, flashing, andaccessories.

9/14 073216 CONCRETE ROOF TILES Concrete tile roofing, underlayments, flashing, andaccessories.

6/14 074113.13 FORMED METAL ROOF PANELS Standard-profile exposed-fastener, lap-seam panels,and horizontal-seam (Bermuda-type) panels.

6/14 074113.16 STANDING-SEAM METAL ROOF PANELS Standard-profile pans with upturned edges.

6/14 074113.19 BATTEN-SEAM METAL ROOF PANELS Standard-profile pans with upturned edges covered byseparate battens.

6/14 074113.23 INSULATED METAL ROOF PANELS Panels with foamed-insulation cores.

6/14 074213.13 FORMED METAL WALL PANELS Standard-profile exposed- and concealed-fastener, lap-seam wall and liner panels.

9/13 074213.16 METAL PLATE WALL PANELS Aluminum plates secured to buildings with specializedattachment systems.

6/14 074213.19 INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS Panels with foamed-insulation, laminated-insulation,and honeycomb cores.

9/13 074213.23 METAL COMPOSITE MATERIAL WALL PANELS Panels with metal facings and thin plastic cores securedto buildings with specialized attachment systems.

6/14 074213.53 METAL SOFFIT PANELS Concealed-fastener, lap-seam panels, with and withoutperforations.

5/12 074616 ALUMINUM SIDING Aluminum siding and soffit.

6/14 074625 WOOD SHINGLE AND SHAKE SIDING Wood shingles, shakes and wood-shingle-clad panelsused as exterior wall cladding (siding).

5/12 074633 PLASTIC SIDING Vinyl siding and soffit.

9/13 074646 FIBER-CEMENT SIDING Fiber-cement siding and soffit.

6/14 075113 BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING Hot built-up asphalt roofing; roofing insulation.

6/14 075116 BUILT-UP COAL TAR ROOFING Hot built-up coal-tar roofing; roofing insulation.

6/14 075213 ATACTIC-POLYPROPYLENE (APP) MODIFIEDBITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING

APP-modified bituminous membrane roofing; roofinginsulation.

6/14 075216 STYRENE-BUTADIENE-STYRENE (SBS) MODIFIEDBITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING

SBS-modified bituminous membrane roofing; roofinginsulation.

6/14 075316 CHLOROSULFONATE-POLYETHYLENE (CSPE) ROOFING Adhered, mechanically fastened, and loosely laid CSPEsystems.

N = NEW U = UPDATE R = REVISION

A/S/C LIBRARY PREMIUM BASIC TABLE OF CONTENTS • DECEMBER 2014 • PAGE 6 OF 15

Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Page 162: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

MASTERSPEC® TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARCHITECTURAL/STRUCTURAL/CIVIL LIBRARYPremium Basic

(Former Full Length Basic)

Issue Date

Sect. No. SECTION TITLE SECTION DESCRIPTION

Copyright 2014 The American Institute of Architects (AIA)Exclusively published and distributed by Architectural Computer Services, Inc. (ARCOM) for the AIA

6/14 075323 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM)ROOFING

Adhered, mechanically fastened, and loosely laid EPDMsystems.

6/14 075416 ETHYLENE INTERPOLYMER (KEE) ROOFING Adhered, mechanically fastened, and loosely laid KEEsystems.

6/14 075419 POLYVINYL-CHLORIDE (PVC) ROOFING Adhered, mechanically fastened, and loosely laid PVCsystems.

6/14 075423 THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING Adhered, mechanically fastened, and loosely laid TPOsystems.

6/14 075552 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS PROTECTED MEMBRANEROOFING

APP- and SBS-modified bituminous protectedmembrane roofing; roofing insulation and ballast.

6/14 076100 SHEET METAL ROOFING Custom-fabricated, shop- or field-brake-formed, sheetmetal roofing.

9/14 076200 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Custom-fabricated roof and wall flashings and roof-drainage systems, and manufactured through-wallflashing and reglets.

9/14 077100 ROOF SPECIALTIES Manufactured copings, roof-edge flashings anddrainage systems, and counter flashings.

6/13 077200 ROOF ACCESSORIES Roof curbs, equipment supports, roof hatches, heat andsmoke vents, gravity ventilators, pipe supports, roofwalkways, and preformed flashing sleeves.

8/10 077253 SNOW GUARDS Pad- and rail-type, flat- or seam-mounted snow guards.

6/14 078100 APPLIED FIREPROOFING Cementitious and mineral-fiber fire-resistive materialsclassified as SFRM.

6/14 078123 INTUMESCENT FIREPROOFING Mastic and intumescent fire-resistive coatings.

6/14 078413 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING Systems installed in fire-resistance-rated walls,horizontal assemblies, and smoke barriers.

9/14 078443 JOINT FIRESTOPPING Systems installed in or between fire-rated construction,at exterior curtain wall/floor intersections, and in smokebarriers.

11/12 079100 PREFORMED JOINT SEALS Expandable foam joint seals, and precured, extruded-silicone joint seals.

6/14 079200 JOINT SEALANTS Elastomeric joint sealants including, silicone, urethane,STPE, polysulfide, butyl, and latex.

6/14 079219 ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS For use in interior sound-rated construction.

9/14 079513.13 INTERIOR EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES Expansion joint cover assemblies for interior floors,walls, and ceilings.

9/14 079513.16 EXTERIOR EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES Expansion joint cover assemblies for exterior buildingwalls, soffits, and parapets.

9/14 079513.19 PARKING DECK EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES Expansion joint cover assemblies subject to vehiculartraffic.

DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS6/14 081113 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Hollow-metal doors and frames for commercial and

residential use.6/14 081213 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES Hollow-metal frames for commercial and residential use.

6/14 081416 FLUSH WOOD DOORS Wood-veneer, hardboard, and plastic-laminate-facedflush wood doors.

6/14 081433 STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS Stock and custom stile and rail wood doors, includedfire-rated doors.

6/14 081436 HINGED WOOD-FRAMED GLASS DOORS For exterior locations; aluminum or vinyl clad or unclad.

3/14 083113 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES Wall and ceiling units.

N = NEW U = UPDATE R = REVISION

A/S/C LIBRARY PREMIUM BASIC TABLE OF CONTENTS • DECEMBER 2014 • PAGE 7 OF 15

Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Page 163: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

MASTERSPEC® TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARCHITECTURAL/STRUCTURAL/CIVIL LIBRARYPremium Basic

(Former Full Length Basic)

Issue Date

Sect. No. SECTION TITLE SECTION DESCRIPTION

Copyright 2014 The American Institute of Architects (AIA)Exclusively published and distributed by Architectural Computer Services, Inc. (ARCOM) for the AIA

2/13 083213 SLIDING ALUMINUM-FRAMED GLASS DOORS For exterior locations.

6/14 083219 SLIDING WOOD-FRAMED GLASS DOORS For exterior locations.

8/11 083313 COILING COUNTER DOORS Overhead-coiling galvanized-steel, stainless-steel, andaluminum curtain assemblies.

9/14 083323 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS Galvanized-steel, stainless-steel, and aluminum curtainassemblies.

11/11 083326 OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES Open-curtain and closed-curtain assemblies.

3/14 083483 FLOOR DOORS For interior and exterior locations.

6/14 083513 FOLDING DOORS Accordion and panel folding doors, metal bifold doors,bifold mirror doors, and fire-rated folding doors.

9/14 083613 SECTIONAL DOORS Manual and electric garage-type overhead doors withsteel, wood, aluminum, and translucent sections.

6/14 084113 ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS Storefront framing, entrance doors, and hardware; alsoused for window walls, ribbon walls, strip windows, andpunched openings.

6/14 084126 ALL-GLASS ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS All-glass entrance doors and hardware, sidelights, andstorefronts.

6/14 084213 ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES Entrance doors and hardware; and framing forsidelights, transoms, and vestibules.

8/11 084226 ALL-GLASS ENTRANCES All-glass entrance doors and hardware, and sidelights.

8/10 084229.13 FOLDING AUTOMATIC ENTRANCES Power-operated one-side opening and biparting units.

6/13 084229.23 SLIDING AUTOMATIC ENTRANCES Power-operated single, biparting, and telescoping units.

8/10 084229.33 SWINGING AUTOMATIC ENTRANCES Power-operated power-assist and low-energy swingingunits.

6/13 084233 REVOLVING DOOR ENTRANCES Manual, automatic, and access-control units.

6/14 084413 GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS Curtain wall framing; also used for window walls, ribbonwalls, strip windows, and punched openings.

U 12/14 085113 ALUMINUM WINDOWS Stock aluminum windows; most standard types.

6/14 085123.13 HOT-ROLLED STEEL WINDOWS Hot-rolled windows.

6/14 085123.23 COLD-ROLLED STEEL WINDOWS Cold-rolled windows fabricated from formed sheetmetal.

6/14 085123.33 COLD-ROLLED STAINLESS STEEL WINDOWS Cold-rolled windows fabricated from formed stainles-steel sheet.

U 12/14 085200 WOOD WINDOWS Stock wood windows; most standard types.

U 12/14 085313 VINYL WINDOWS Stock vinyl windows; most standard types.

U 12/14 085413 FIBERGLASS WINDOWS Stock fiberglass windows; most standard type.

5/10 086200 UNIT SKYLIGHTS Standard factory-assembled units, with or withoutintegral curbs.

6/14 086300 METAL-FRAMED SKYLIGHTS Standard- or custom-designed aluminum-framed unitswith insulating glass or plastic lites.

9/14 087100 DOOR HARDWARE For specifying door hardware by using a schedule thatnames products or indicates BHMA designations.

6/14 088000 GLAZING Plain, laminated, and insulating glass.

6/14 088300 MIRRORS Unframed, silvered flat glass mirrors including annealedmonolithic, film-backed, laminated, and tempered.

6/14 088813 FIRE-RESISTANT GLAZING Special tempered glass, film-faced and laminatedceramic glazing, laminated glass with intumescentlayers, and gel-filled units.

N = NEW U = UPDATE R = REVISION

A/S/C LIBRARY PREMIUM BASIC TABLE OF CONTENTS • DECEMBER 2014 • PAGE 8 OF 15

Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Page 164: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

MASTERSPEC® TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARCHITECTURAL/STRUCTURAL/CIVIL LIBRARYPremium Basic

(Former Full Length Basic)

Issue Date

Sect. No. SECTION TITLE SECTION DESCRIPTION

Copyright 2014 The American Institute of Architects (AIA)Exclusively published and distributed by Architectural Computer Services, Inc. (ARCOM) for the AIA

2/13 089116 OPERABLE WALL LOUVERS Operable (adjustable) metal louvers including those withinsulated blades.

11/10 089119 FIXED LOUVERS Fixed metal louvers.

11/10 089516 WALL VENTS Wall vents, also called brick or foundation vents.

DIVISION 09 - FINISHES6/14 092116.23 GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES Fire-resistance-rated vertical shaft and horizontal

enclosures, including metal framing.6/14 092216 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING Steel framing for gypsum board and plaster partitions

and ceilngs.

6/14 092300 GYPSUM PLASTERING Gypsum plaster on expanded-metal lath, unit masonry,and concrete.

6/14 092400 CEMENT PLASTERING Portland cement plaster (stucco) on metal lath, unitmasonry, and concrete; exterior and interior.

6/14 092613 GYPSUM VENEER PLASTERING Applied on gypsum base panels, unit masonry, ormonolithic concrete.

6/14 092713 GLASS-FIBER-REINFORCED PLASTER FABRICATIONS Factory-molded GRFG units for interior use.

9/14 092900 GYPSUM BOARD Interior gypsum board, exterior gypsum board forceilings and soffits, and tile backing boards.

9/14 093013 CERAMIC TILING Ceramic mosaic, quarry, pressed floor, porcelain, andglazed wall tile.

9/14 093023 GLASS TILING Cast glass, fused glass, and low temperature coatedglass tile.

9/14 093033 STONE TILING Thin, modular, cut stone units.

9/14 095113 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS Mineral-base, glass-fiber-base, and ceramic- andmineral-base panels with exposed suspension systems.

9/14 095123 ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS Mineral-base tile with concealed suspension systems,and directly attached acoustical tile.

6/14 095133 ACOUSTICAL METAL PAN CEILINGS Lay-in, clip-in, snap-in, and torsion-spring-hinged metalpans with exposed suspension systems.

6/14 095423 LINEAR METAL CEILINGS Strip, decorative metal systems.

6/14 095443 STRETCHED-FABRIC CEILING SYSTEMS Site-assembled and -upholstered fabric systems forceilings.

6/14 095446 FABRIC-WRAPPED CEILING PANELS Shop-fabricated, fabric-wrapped panels applied toceilings or suspended.

6/14 096313 BRICK FLOORING Interior applications only.

6/14 096340 STONE FLOORING Exterior and interior stone flooring; does not includestone tile.

6/14 096400 WOOD FLOORING Solid- and engineered-wood flooring, field- and factory-finished.

6/14 096513 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES Resilient base, stair accessories, and moldingaccessories.

6/14 096516 RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING Vinyl and rubber sheet floor coverings.

6/14 096519 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING Solid vinyl, rubber, vinyl composition, and resilientterrazzo floor tiles.

6/14 096613 PORTLAND CEMENT TERRAZZO FLOORING Poured-in-place portland cement terrazzo and rusticterrazzo flooring, and precast terrazzo units.

6/14 096623 RESINOUS MATRIX TERRAZZO FLOORING Thin-set, epoxy-resin terrazzo flooring and precastterrazzo units.

6/14 096813 TILE CARPETING Modular carpet tile for commercial applications.

N = NEW U = UPDATE R = REVISION

A/S/C LIBRARY PREMIUM BASIC TABLE OF CONTENTS • DECEMBER 2014 • PAGE 9 OF 15

Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Page 165: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

MASTERSPEC® TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARCHITECTURAL/STRUCTURAL/CIVIL LIBRARYPremium Basic

(Former Full Length Basic)

Issue Date

Sect. No. SECTION TITLE SECTION DESCRIPTION

Copyright 2014 The American Institute of Architects (AIA)Exclusively published and distributed by Architectural Computer Services, Inc. (ARCOM) for the AIA

6/14 096816 SHEET CARPETING Tufted and woven commercial carpet and carpetcushion.

6/14 096900 ACCESS FLOORING Modular floor panels and support systems.

6/14 097200 WALL COVERINGS Vinyl, textile, and woven glass-fiber wall coverings, andwallpaper.

6/14 097513 STONE WALL FACING Dimension stone interior wall paneling.

6/14 097516 STONE BASE Dimension stone interior wall base.

6/14 097519 STONE TRIM Dimension stone interior trim.

6/14 097523 STONE WINDOW STOOLS Dimension stone interior window stools.

6/14 098433 SOUND-ABSORBING WALL UNITS Shop-fabricated, fabric-wrapped, sound-absorbing,sound-diffusing, and sound-reflecting wall panels testedfor acoustical performance.

6/14 098436 SOUND-ABSORBING CEILING UNITS Shop-fabricated, fabric-wrapped, sound-absorbing,sound-diffusing, and sound-reflecting panels and sound-absorbing baffle panels applied to ceilings orsuspended.

9/14 099113 EXTERIOR PAINTING Exterior painting.

9/14 099123 INTERIOR PAINTING Interior painting.

9/14 099300 STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING For interior and exterior wood: includes solid-colorstains.

9/14 099600 HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS Tile-like coatings for use on exterior and interiorsubstrates.

DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES6/14 101100 VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS Chalkboards, markerboards, tackboards, floor-to-ceiling

assemblies and support systems, sliding units, andconference units.

6/14 101146 VISUAL DISPLAY FABRICS Fabric-backed-vinyl dry-erase wall coverings.

6/14 101200 DISPLAY CASES Illuminated and nonilluminated types.

8/12 101300 DIRECTORIES Illuminated and nonilluminated types with changeablemessage strips or changeable letters.

6/14 101416 PLAQUES One-piece, cast or etched, solid-metal plaques.

6/14 101419 DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE Individually mounted dimensional characters andilluminated dimensional characters that are combined toform signs.

6/14 101423 PANEL SIGNAGE Panel signs, illuminated panel signs, and field-applied,vinyl-character signs.

2/10 101426 POST AND PANEL/PYLON SIGNAGE Illuminated and nonilluminated, freestanding panel signsthat are supported by posts or configured as pylons.

12/13 101700 TELEPHONE SPECIALTIES Telephone booths, enclosures, housings, outdoorboxes, kiosks, and directory storage units.

6/14 102113.13 METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS Painted steel toilet enclosures, entrance screens, andurinal screens.

6/14 102113.15 STAINLESS-STEEL TOILET COMPARTMENTS Stainless-steel toilet enclosures, entrance screens, andurinal screens.

6/14 102113.16 PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD TOILET COMPARTMENTS Plastic-laminate-clad toilet enclosures, entrancescreens, and urinal screens.

6/14 102113.17 PHENOLIC-CORE TOILET COMPARTMENTS Phenolic-core toilet enclosures, entrance screens, andurinal screens.

6/14 102113.19 PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS Solid-polymer toilet enclosures, entrance screens, andurinal screens.

N = NEW U = UPDATE R = REVISION

A/S/C LIBRARY PREMIUM BASIC TABLE OF CONTENTS • DECEMBER 2014 • PAGE 10 OF 15

Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Page 166: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

MASTERSPEC® TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARCHITECTURAL/STRUCTURAL/CIVIL LIBRARYPremium Basic

(Former Full Length Basic)

Issue Date

Sect. No. SECTION TITLE SECTION DESCRIPTION

Copyright 2014 The American Institute of Architects (AIA)Exclusively published and distributed by Architectural Computer Services, Inc. (ARCOM) for the AIA

6/14 102116.13 METAL SHOWER AND DRESSING COMPARTMENTS Painted-steel shower and dressing compartments andprefabricated shower receptors.

6/14 102116.15 STAINLESS-STEEL SHOWER AND DRESSINGCOMPARTMENTS

Stainless-steel shower and dressing compartments andprefabricated shower receptors.

6/14 102116.17 PHENOLIC-CORE SHOWER AND DRESSINGCOMPARTMENTS

Phenolic-core shower and dressing compartments andprefabricated shower receptors.

6/14 102116.19 PLASTIC SHOWER AND DRESSING COMPARTMENTS Solid-plastic shower and dressing compartments andprefabricated shower receptors.

6/14 102213 WIRE MESH PARTITIONS Standard- and heavy-duty partitions, ceilings, railinginsert panels, and equipment barriers.

6/14 102233 ACCORDION FOLDING PARTITIONS Acoustically and fire-rated, manually and electricallyoperated accordion folding partitions.

6/14 102239 FOLDING PANEL PARTITIONS Manually and electrically operated panel partitionssupported from overhead track; acoustically rated, firerated, and non-rated; for interior use.

6/14 102239.13 FOLDING GLASS-PANEL PARTITIONS Manually operated glass-panel partitions supportedfrom an overhead track, for interior use.

6/14 102600 WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION Predominantly plastic products and assemblies thatprotect surfaces of walls, corners, and doors fromdamage.

12/13 102800 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES Standard commercial, institutional, and residential units.

6/14 102819 TUB AND SHOWER DOORS Framed and frameless shower doors and enclosures.

12/13 104413 FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS Fire-protection cabinets and security fire-protectioncabinets.

6/14 104416 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS Portable and wheeled fire extinguishers.

6/14 105113 METAL LOCKERS Corridor, athletic, and open-front athletic metal lockers.

6/14 105143 WIRE MESH STORAGE LOCKERS Woven wire mesh storage cubicles.

5/12 105500.13 USPS-DELIVERY POSTAL SPECIALTIES United States Postal Service (USPS)-approved postal-delivery and collection equipment.

6/14 105626 MOBILE STORAGE SHELVING Shelving units mounted on wheeled carriages on tracks.

2/11 107343 TRANSPORTATION STOP SHELTERS Freestanding, modular shelters used for transitpassengers, smoking shelters, and other applications.

2/12 107516 GROUND-SET FLAGPOLES Aluminum, bronze, stainless-steel, steel, and fiberglassground-set flagpoles.

2/12 107523 WALL-MOUNTED FLAGPOLES Aluminum, bronze, stainless-steel, and fiberglass wall-mounted flagpoles.

2/12 107526 ROOF-MOUNTED FLAGPOLES Aluminum, bronze, stainless-steel, steel, and fiberglassroof-mounted flagpoles.

2/12 107527 PLAZA-MOUNTED FLAGPOLES Aluminum, bronze, stainless-steel, and fiberglass plaza-mounted flagpoles.

DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT2/11 110513 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT Universal default values for small and medium, ac

motors.2/11 111200 PARKING CONTROL EQUIPMENT Automatic barrier gates, vehicle detectors, traffic

controllers, ticket dispensers, exit terminals, paystations, fee computers, management software, andaccess control units.

2/12 111313 LOADING DOCK BUMPERS Laminated-tread, molded- and extruded-rubber, andsteel-face dock bumpers.

N = NEW U = UPDATE R = REVISION

A/S/C LIBRARY PREMIUM BASIC TABLE OF CONTENTS • DECEMBER 2014 • PAGE 11 OF 15

Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Page 167: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

MASTERSPEC® TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARCHITECTURAL/STRUCTURAL/CIVIL LIBRARYPremium Basic

(Former Full Length Basic)

Issue Date

Sect. No. SECTION TITLE SECTION DESCRIPTION

Copyright 2014 The American Institute of Architects (AIA)Exclusively published and distributed by Architectural Computer Services, Inc. (ARCOM) for the AIA

2/12 111316 LOADING DOCK SEALS AND SHELTERS Foam-pad and inflatable dock seals, rigid- and flexible-frame dock shelters, inflatable dock shelters, andtransparent curtains.

12/13 111319 STATIONARY LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT Built-in recessed, edge-of-dock, top-of-dock, andvertical storing dock levelers, truck restraints, trucklevelers, and light-communication systems.

2/12 111323 PORTABLE DOCK EQUIPMENT Built-in, scissors-type, single-leg, hydraulic dock lifts.

6/14 112600 UNIT KITCHENS Standard metal, plastic-laminate, and wood types.

6/14 113100 RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES Major kitchen and laundry appliances.

6/13 114000 FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT Commercial foodservice equipment.

2/11 115213 PROJECTION SCREENS Front projection screens.

2/11 115213.19 REAR PROJECTION SCREENS Rear projection screens.

9/13 116123 FOLDING AND PORTABLE STAGES Portable stage platforms, seating-platform risers,standing choral risers, and acoustical shells for interioruse.

11/12 116143 STAGE CURTAINS Stage curtain fabrics, draw-curtain tracks, and riggingaccessories.

6/14 116623 GYMNASIUM EQUIPMENT Indoor badminton, basketball, volleyball, and exerciseequipment, and safety pads.

11/10 116653 GYMNASIUM DIVIDERS Gymnasium divider curtains.

12/13 118226 FACILITY WASTE COMPACTORS Commercial, wet- and dry-waste compactor units.

DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS3/14 122113 HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS Manually and motor-operated horizontal louver blinds.3/14 122116 VERTICAL LOUVER BLINDS Manually and motor-operated vertical louver blinds.

6/14 122200 CURTAINS AND DRAPES Draperies and manually operated and motorizeddrapery tracks.

9/14 122413 ROLLER WINDOW SHADES Manually and motor-operated roller shades installedvertically or at skylights.

9/14 123530 RESIDENTIAL CASEWORK Stock manufactured kitchen and vanity cabinets.

6/14 123619 WOOD COUNTERTOPS Wide-width solid-wood, butcher-block, and veneeredtops.

6/14 123623.13 PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD COUNTERTOPS Plastic-laminate countertops.

9/14 123640 STONE COUNTERTOPS Countertops made from dimension stone slabs.

9/14 123661.13 CULTURED MARBLE COUNTERTOPS Cultured marble countertops including integral sinks.

9/14 123661.16 SOLID SURFACING COUNTERTOPS Solid surface countertops and sinks.

9/14 123661.19 QUARTZ AGGLOMERATE COUNTERTOPS Quartz agglomerate countertops.

5/10 124813 ENTRANCE FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES Roll-up (removable) rail mats as well as resiliententrance mats. Frames are also included.

5/10 124816 ENTRANCE FLOOR GRILLES Rigid assembly of rail treads set in recessed frames inthe floor.

6/14 126100 FIXED AUDIENCE SEATING Upholstered and unupholstered assembly-spaceseating for interior or exterior applications; alsocontinuous lecture-hall tables.

6/14 126600 TELESCOPING STANDS Standard interior systems; manually or automaticallyoperated.

DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION6/14 132416 SAUNAS Modular and precut saunas, with heaters and

accessories.

N = NEW U = UPDATE R = REVISION

A/S/C LIBRARY PREMIUM BASIC TABLE OF CONTENTS • DECEMBER 2014 • PAGE 12 OF 15

Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Page 168: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

MASTERSPEC® TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARCHITECTURAL/STRUCTURAL/CIVIL LIBRARYPremium Basic

(Former Full Length Basic)

Issue Date

Sect. No. SECTION TITLE SECTION DESCRIPTION

Copyright 2014 The American Institute of Architects (AIA)Exclusively published and distributed by Architectural Computer Services, Inc. (ARCOM) for the AIA

6/14 133419 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS Systems consisting of structural framing, roofing andsiding panels, and standard components.

2/11 133423.16 FABRICATED CONTROL BOOTHS Freestanding steel and aluminum control booths.

DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING EQUIPMENT9/14 141000 DUMBWAITERS Preengineered, hand- and power-operated types.9/14 142100 ELECTRIC TRACTION ELEVATORS Passenger and service elevators, traction drive,

including machine-room-less type.

9/14 142123.16 MACHINE ROOM-LESS ELECTRIC TRACTIONPASSENGER ELEVATORS

Passenger and service elevators, traction drive,machine-room-less type.

9/14 142400 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS Passenger and service elevators, direct hydraulic androped hydraulic units.

9/14 143100 ESCALATORS Standard and high-traffic, interior and exterior units.

5/10 144119 STAIRWAY CHAIRLIFTS Inclined type for public and private-residence use.

11/12 149133 LAUNDRY AND LINEN CHUTES Gravity-type metal chutes for soiled linens.

11/12 149182 TRASH CHUTES Gravity-type metal chutes and diverters for wastematerials.

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING9/13 221113 FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING Utility service, domestic, and fire-protection water,

specialties, and valves.3/10 221313 FACILITY SANITARY SEWERS Sanitary sewerage and underground structures outside

the building.

3/13 221319 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES Floor, trench, and channel drains; interceptors; andpiping specialties.

12/12 221413 FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PIPING Stormwater piping within the building.

3/10 221423 STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES Roof drains, cleanouts, trench drains, channel drains,and piping specialties.

9/13 224100 RESIDENTIAL PLUMBING FIXTURES Residential water closets, lavatories, sinks, bathtubs,and shower receptors and basins.

3/10 224213.13 COMMERCIAL WATER CLOSETS Commercial water closets, supports, flushometervalves, and supplies.

3/10 224213.16 COMMERCIAL URINALS Commercial urinals, supports, and flushometer valves.

9/13 224216.13 COMMERCIAL LAVATORIES Commercial lavatories, supports, faucets, traps, andsupplies.

9/13 224216.16 COMMERCIAL SINKS Commercial sinks, supports, faucets, traps, andsupplies.

9/13 224223 COMMERCIAL SHOWERS Shower receptors, basins, enclosures, faucets, andheads.

9/13 224233 WASH FOUNTAINS Stone, metal, and plastic wash fountains.

9/13 224300 HEALTHCARE PLUMBING FIXTURES Plumbing fixtures for healthcare facilities.

9/13 224500 EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURES Individual and combination emergency eyewash andshower units.

9/13 224713 DRINKING FOUNTAINS Pedestal, antifreeze pedestal, wheelchair accessible,wall mounted.

9/13 224716 PRESSURE WATER COOLERS Freestanding, wall mounted, and wheelchair accessible.

9/13 224723 REMOTE WATER COOLERS Remote water chillers.

DIVISION 23 - HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING12/13 230800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC Requirements and procedures for commissioning HVAC

systems.3/13 231113 FACILITY FUEL-OIL PIPING Fuel-oil piping, valves, specialties; leak-detection and

N = NEW U = UPDATE R = REVISION

A/S/C LIBRARY PREMIUM BASIC TABLE OF CONTENTS • DECEMBER 2014 • PAGE 13 OF 15

Page 169: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

MASTERSPEC® TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARCHITECTURAL/STRUCTURAL/CIVIL LIBRARYPremium Basic

(Former Full Length Basic)

Issue Date

Sect. No. SECTION TITLE SECTION DESCRIPTION

Copyright 2014 The American Institute of Architects (AIA)Exclusively published and distributed by Architectural Computer Services, Inc. (ARCOM) for the AIA

monitoring systems for No. 2 fuel oil.

9/11 231123 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING Natural gas piping and specialties.

9/11 231126 FACILITY LIQUEFIED-PETROLEUM GAS PIPING LP gas piping, specialties, and storage equipment.

3/11 232113.33 GROUND-LOOP HEAT-PUMP PIPING Horizontal and vertical, direct-buried, ground-looppiping.

DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK2/13 311000 SITE CLEARING Clearing, grubbing, vegetation protection, stripping and

stockpiling topsoil and rock, and disconnecting utilities.2/13 312000 EARTH MOVING Excavating, filling and backfilling, compacting, and

grading.

2/11 312319 DEWATERING Temporary construction dewatering requirements forground-water control.

2/13 313116 TERMITE CONTROL Chemical soil treatment, borate wood treatment, baitstations, and permanent metal mesh barriers.

2/11 315000 EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION Temporary systems; soldier piles and lagging, sheetpiling, tiebacks, and bracing.

8/12 316213 CONCRETE PILES Driven precast, prestressed concrete piles.

8/12 316216 STEEL PILES Driven steel H-section piles.

8/12 316219 TIMBER PILES Driven preservative-treated round timber piles.

8/12 316223 COMPOSITE PILES Driven concrete-filled steel shell and steel pipe piles.

8/12 316316 AUGER CAST GROUT PILES Piles excavated by auger drilling and filled with grout.

2/12 316329 DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS AND SHAFTS Dry-installed and slurry-displacement-installed types.

DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS6/14 321216 ASPHALT PAVING Paving, overlays, surface treatments, asphalt curbs,

asphalt traffic-calming devices, cold milling, and hot-mixpatching.

8/10 321223 IMPRINTED ASPHALT Embossing patterns in new or existing asphaltpavement.

6/14 321313 CONCRETE PAVING Concrete curbs and gutters, walks, driveways, parkinglots, and miscellaneous paving.

11/12 321373 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Sealants for concrete and asphalt pavement joints.

6/14 321400 UNIT PAVING Brick, asphalt, concrete, and stone pavers onaggregate, mortar, and bituminous setting beds.

6/14 321443 POROUS UNIT PAVING Concrete, grid-type and interlocking type with openingsbetween units.

6/14 321713 PARKING BUMPERS Wheel stops applied to asphalt or concrete pavement.

6/14 321723 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Painted markings applied to asphalt or concretepavement.

6/14 321726 TACTILE WARNING SURFACING Detectable warning tiles and mats located in concretewalkways; detectable warning pavers.

6/14 321729 MANUFACTURED TRAFFIC-CALMING DEVICES Preformed rubber or plastic traffic-calming devicesapplied to asphalt or concrete pavement.

9/13 323113 CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES Standard chain-link fencing systems with swing orhorizontal-slide gates and gate operators.

2/10 328400 PLANTING IRRIGATION Heads, pipes, and controls.

6/14 329113 SOIL PREPARATION Planting soils specified according to quantities ofamendments (compost, lime, sulfur, fertilizer, etc.);layered soil assemblies.

N = NEW U = UPDATE R = REVISION

A/S/C LIBRARY PREMIUM BASIC TABLE OF CONTENTS • DECEMBER 2014 • PAGE 14 OF 15

Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Rick
Highlight
Page 170: Greenland Post Office Rehabilitation Exterior ...whitecg.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/131576_2_2.pdf · 01 60 00 product requirement . 01 70 00 closeout procedures . 01 78 23 operation

MASTERSPEC® TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARCHITECTURAL/STRUCTURAL/CIVIL LIBRARYPremium Basic

(Former Full Length Basic)

Issue Date

Sect. No. SECTION TITLE SECTION DESCRIPTION

Copyright 2014 The American Institute of Architects (AIA)Exclusively published and distributed by Architectural Computer Services, Inc. (ARCOM) for the AIA

6/14 329115 SOIL PREPARATION (PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION) Planting soils specified according to tested performancerequirements (particle size, organic matter percentage,pH, CEC, fertility, etc.); layered soil assemblies.

11/11 329200 TURF AND GRASSES Seeded, sodded, plugged, and sprigged turf andmeadows; pesticides; erosion-control materials; turfrenovation; and grass paving.

11/11 329300 PLANTS Nursery-grown trees and other plants, pesticides, treestabilization, tree watering devices, landscape edgings,and tree grates.

DIVISION 33 - UTILITIES3/11 330500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR UTILITIES Basic piping materials and methods.3/10 332100 WATER SUPPLY WELLS Drilled and driven wells and well pumps.

3/12 334100 STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING Gravity and forced storm piping, undergroundstructures, and specialties.

3/10 334600 SUBDRAINAGE Drainage for foundations, underslabs, plaza decks,retaining walls, and landscaped areas.

12/13 334713 POND AND RESERVOIR LINERS Geomembrane liners and covers.

N = NEW U = UPDATE R = REVISION

A/S/C LIBRARY PREMIUM BASIC TABLE OF CONTENTS • DECEMBER 2014 • PAGE 15 OF 15

Rick
Highlight